Toshiba Rav Sm1102Ct E Service Manual

RAV-SM802BT-E to the manual 3f028d7d-87e6-42ca-9e31-e3f65a9c9014

: Toshiba Toshiba-Rav-Sm1102Ct-E-Service-Manual-127383 toshiba-rav-sm1102ct-e-service-manual-127383 toshiba pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 195

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

FILE NO. A06-010
Revised : Mar. 2007

SERVICE MANUAL/INTEGRATION

AIR-CONDITIONER
SPLIT TYPE
INDOOR UNIT

RAV-SM563UT-E
RAV-SM562BT-E
RAV-SM803UT-E
RAV-SM802BT-E
RAV-SM1103UT-E RAV-SM1102BT-E
RAV-SM1403UT-E RAV-SM1402BT-E

RAV-SM562CT-E
RAV-SM802CT-E
RAV-SM1102CT-E
RAV-SM1402CT-E


RAV-SP1102UT-E

OUTDOOR UNIT

RAV-SM563AT-E RAV-SM803AT-E RAV-SM1103AT-E RAV-SM1403AT-E

RAV-SP562AT-E RAV-SP802AT-E

RAV-SP1102AT-E RAV-SP1402AT-E

R410A
PRINTED IN JAPAN, Mar.,2007 ToMo

ADOPTION OF NEW REFRIGERANT
This Air Conditioner is a new type which adopts a new refrigerant HFC (R410A) instead of the conventional
refrigerant R22 in order to prevent destruction of the ozone layer.

WARNING
Cleaning of the air filter and other parts of the air filter involves dangerous work in high places, so be sure to
have a service person do it. Do not attempt it yourself. The cleaning diagram for the air filter is there for the
service person, and not for the customer.

NOTE
A direct current motor is adopted for indoor fan motor in the Concealed Duct Standard Type air conditioner.
Caused from its characteristics, a current limit works on the direct current motor. When replacing the highperformance filter or when opening the service board, be sure to stop the fan. If an above action is executed
during the fan operation, the protective control works to stop the unit operation, and the check code “P12”
may be issued. However it is not a trouble. When the desired operation has finished, be sure to reset the
system to clear “P12” error code using the leak breaker of the indoor unit. Then push the operation stop
button of the remote controller to return to the usual operation.

CONTENTS
SAFETY CAUTION ............................................................................................ 4
1. SPECIFICATIONS ......................................................................................... 9
1-1. Indoor Unit........................................................................................................... 9
1-2. Outdoor Unit...................................................................................................... 17
1-3. Operation Characteristic Curve ....................................................................... 19

2. AIR DUCTING WORK ................................................................................. 22
2-1. Static Pressure Characteristics of Each Model ............................................. 22

3. CONSTRUCTION VIEWS (EXTERNAL VIEWS)......................................... 24
3-1. Indoor Unit......................................................................................................... 24
3-2. Outdoor Unit...................................................................................................... 28

4. SYSTEMATIC REFRIGERATING CYCLE DIAGRAM ................................ 31
4-1. Indoor Unit/Outdoor Unit ................................................................................. 31

5. WIRING DIAGRAM ..................................................................................... 39
5-1. Indoor Unit......................................................................................................... 39
5-2. Outdoor Unit (Wiring Diagram) ........................................................................ 42

6. SPECIFICATIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS............................................. 46
6-1. Indoor Unit......................................................................................................... 46
6-2. Outdoor Unit...................................................................................................... 48
6-3. Accessory Separate Soldparts ........................................................................ 50
–2–

7. REFRIGERANT R410A .............................................................................. 51
7-1.
7-2.
7-3.
7-4.
7-5.
7-6.

Safety During Installation/Servicing ............................................................... 51
Refrigerant Piping Installation ....................................................................... 51
Tools .................................................................................................................. 55
Recharging of Refrigerant................................................................................ 55
Brazing of Pipes................................................................................................ 56
Instructions for Re-use Piping of R22 or R407C ............................................ 58

8. CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM ................................................................... 61
8-1. Indoor Control Circuit ....................................................................................... 61
8-2. Control Specifications ...................................................................................... 62
8-3. Indoor Print Circuit Board ................................................................................ 70

9. CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS ............. 71
9-1. Indoor Control Circuit ....................................................................................... 71
9-2. Outdoor Controls .............................................................................................. 71

10. TROUBLESHOOTING ............................................................................... 80
10-1.
10-2.
10-3.
10-4.

Summary of Troubleshooting ...........................................................................
Check Code List ................................................................................................
Error Mode Detected by LED on Outdoor P.C. Board ....................................
Troubleshooting Procedure for Each Check Code.........................................

80
82
85
86

11. REPLACEMENT OF SERVICE INDOOR P.C. BOARD .......................... 102
12. SETUP AT LOCAL SITE AND OTHERS ................................................ 106
12-1. Indoor Unit....................................................................................................... 106
12-2. Setup at Local Site / Others ........................................................................... 113
12-3. How to set up central control address number ............................................ 115

13. ADDRESS SETUP .................................................................................. 116
13-1. Address Setup ................................................................................................ 116
13-2. Address Setup & Group Control .................................................................... 117
13-3. Address Setup ................................................................................................ 118

14. DETACHMENTS..................................................................................... 120
14-1. Indoor Unit...................................................................................................... 120
14-2. Outdoor Unit.................................................................................................... 134

15. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST ................................................. 159
15-1. Indoor Unit....................................................................................................... 159
15-2. Outdoor Unit.................................................................................................... 173
15-3. Replacement of Main Parts (Sold Separately) .............................................. 181

16. CORD HEATER INSTALLATION WORK ................................................ 183
16-1. Required parts for installation work (Recommendation) ............................ 183
16-2. Base Plate ....................................................................................................... 192

–3–

SAFETY CAUTION
The important contents concerned to the safety are described on the product itself and on this Service Manual.
Please read this Service Manual after understanding the described items thoroughly in the following contents
(Indications/Illustrated marks), and keep them.

[Explanation of indications]
Indication

Explanation

DANGER

Indicates contents assumed that an imminent danger causing a death or serious injury of
the repair engineers and the third parties when an incorrect work has been executed.

WARNING

Indicates possibilities assumed that a danger causing a death or serious injury of the
repair engineers, the third parties, and the users due to troubles of the product after work
when an incorrect work has been executed.

CAUTION

Indicates contents assumed that an injury or property damage (∗) may be caused on the
repair engineers, the third parties, and the users due to troubles of the product after work
when an incorrect work has been executed.

∗ Property damage : Enlarged damage concerned to property, furniture, and domestic animal/pet

[Explanation of illustrated marks]
Mark

Explanation
Indicates prohibited items (Forbidden items to do)
The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete prohibited contents.
Indicates mandatory items (Compulsory items to do)
The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete mandatory contents.
Indicates cautions (Including danger/warning)
The sentences or illustration near or in an illustrated mark describe the concrete cautious contents.

[Confirmation of warning label on the main unit]
Confirm that labels are indicated on the specified positions
(Refer to the Parts disassembly diagram (Outdoor unit).)
If removing the label during parts replace, stick it as the original.

DANGER

Turn off breaker.

Execute discharge
between terminals.

Turn “OFF” the breaker before removing the front panel and cabinet, otherwise an electric
shock is caused by high voltage resulted in a death or injury.
During operation, a high voltage with 400V or higher of circuit (∗) at secondary circuit of the highvoltage transformer is applied.
If touching a high voltage with the naked hands or body, an electric shock is caused even if using an
electric insulator.
∗ : For details, refer to the electric wiring diagram.
When removing the front panel or cabinet, execute short-circuit and discharge between highvoltage capacitor terminals.
If discharge is not executed, an electric shock is caused by high voltage resulted in a death or injury.
After turning off the breaker, high voltage also keeps to apply to the high-voltage capacitor.
Do not turn on the breaker under condition that the front panel and cabinet are removed.
An electric shock is caused by high voltage resulted in a death or injury.

Prohibition

–4–

WARNING

Check earth wires.

Before troubleshooting or repair work, check the earth wire is connected to the earth
terminals of the main unit, otherwise an electric shock is caused when a leak occurs.
If the earth wire is not correctly connected, contact an electric engineer for rework.
Do not modify the products.
Do not also disassemble or modify the parts. It may cause a fire, electric shock or injury.

Prohibition of modification.

Use specified parts.

Do not bring a child
close to the equipment.

For spare parts, use those specified (∗
∗).
If unspecified parts are used, a fire or electric shock may be caused.
∗: For details, refer to the parts list.
Before troubleshooting or repair work, do not bring a third party (a child, etc.) except
the repair engineers close to the equipment.
It causes an injury with tools or disassembled parts.
Please inform the users so that the third party (a child, etc.) does not approach the equipment.
Connect the cut-off lead cables with crimp contact, etc, put the closed end side
upward and then apply a water-cut method, otherwise a leak or production of fire is
caused at the users’ side.

Insulating measures

No fire

When repairing the refrigerating cycle, take the following measures.
1) Be attentive to fire around the cycle. When using a gas stove, etc, be sure to put out fire
before work; otherwise the oil mixed with refrigerant gas may catch fire.
2) Do not use a welder in the closed room. When using it without ventilation, carbon
monoxide poisoning may be caused.
3) Do not bring inflammables close to the refrigerant cycle, otherwise fire of the welder may
catch the inflammables.
Check the used refrigerant name and use tools and materials of the parts which
match with it.
For the products which use R410A refrigerant, the refrigerant name is indicated at a
position on the outdoor unit where is easy to see. To prevent miss-charging, the route of the
service port is changed from one of the former R22.
For an air conditioner which uses R410A, never use other refrigerant than R410A.
For an air conditioner which uses other refrigerant (R22, etc.), never use R410A.
If different types of refrigerant are mixed, abnormal high pressure generates in the refrigerating cycle and an injury due to breakage may be caused.

Refrigerant

Do not charge refrigerant additionally.
If charging refrigerant additionally when refrigerant gas leaks, the refrigerant composition in
the refrigerating cycle changes resulted in change of air conditioner characteristics or
refrigerant over the specified standard amount is charged and an abnormal high pressure is
applied to the inside of the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of breakage or injury.
Therefore if the refrigerant gas leaks, recover the refrigerant in the air conditioner, execute
vacuuming, and then newly recharge the specified amount of liquid refrigerant. In this time,
never charge the refrigerant over the specified amount.
When recharging the refrigerant in the refrigerating cycle, do not mix the refrigerant
or air other than R410A into the specified refrigerant.
If air or others is mixed with the refrigerant, abnormal high pressure generates in the
refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of injury due to breakage.
After installation work, check the refrigerant gas does not leak.
If the refrigerant gas leaks in the room, poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire
such as fan heater, stove or cocking stove though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous.
Never recover the refrigerant into the outdoor unit.
When the equipment is moved or repaired, be sure to recover the refrigerant with recovering device. The refrigerant cannot be recovered in the outdoor unit; otherwise a serious
accident such as breakage or injury is caused.

Assembly/Cabling

After repair work, surely assemble the disassembled parts, and connect and lead the
removed cables as before. Perform the work so that the cabinet or panel does not
catch the inner cables.
If incorrect assembly or incorrect cable connection was done, a disaster such as a leak or
fire is caused at user’s side.

–5–

WARNING

Insulator check

Ventilation

After the work has finished, be sure to use an insulation tester set (500V mugger) to
Ω or more between the charge section and the non-charge
check the resistance is 2MΩ
metal section (Earth position).
If the resistance value is low, a disaster such as a leak or electric shock is caused at user’s
side.
When the refrigerant gas leaks during work, execute ventilation.
If the refrigerant gas touches to a fire, poisonous gas generates. A case of leakage of the
refrigerant and the closed room full with gas is dangerous because a shortage of oxygen
occurs. Be sure to execute ventilation.
When checking the circuit inevitably under condition of the power-ON, use rubber
gloves and others not to touch to the charging section.
If touching to the charging section, an electric shock may be caused.

Be attentive to
electric shock

When the refrigerant gas leaks, find up the leaked position and repair it surely.
If the leaked position cannot be found up and the repair work is interrupted, pump-down
and tighten the service valve, otherwise the refrigerant gas may leak into the room.
The poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire such as fan heater, stove or cocking
stove though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous.

Compulsion

When installing equipment which includes a large amount of charged refrigerant such
as a multi air conditioner in a sub-room, it is necessary that the density does not the
limit even if the refrigerant leaks.
If the refrigerant leaks and exceeds the limit density, an accident of shortage of oxygen is
caused.
For the installation/moving/reinstallation work, follow to the Installation Manual.
If an incorrect installation is done, a trouble of the refrigerating cycle, water leak, electric
shock or fire is caused.
After repair work has finished, check there is no trouble.
If check is not executed, a fire, electric shock or injury may be caused. For a check, turn off
the power breaker.

Check after rerair

Check after reinstallation

After repair work (installation of front panel and cabinet) has finished, execute a test
run to check there is no generation of smoke or abnormal sound.
If check is not executed, a fire or an electric shock is caused. Before test run, install the
front panel and cabinet.
Check the following items after reinstallation.
1) The earth wire is correctly connected.
2) The power cord is not caught in the product.
3) There is no inclination or unsteadiness and the installation is stable.
If check is not executed, a fire, an electric shock or an injury is caused.

CAUTION

Put on gloves

Cooling check

∗) during repair work.
Be sure to put on gloves (∗
If not putting on gloves, an injury may be caused with the parts, etc.
(∗) Heavy gloves such as work gloves
When the power was turned on, start to work after the equipment has been
sufficiently cooled.
As temperature of the compressor pipes and others became high due to cooling/heating
operation, a burn may be caused.

–6–

• New Refrigerant (R410A)
This air conditioner adopts a new HFC type refrigerant (R410A) which does not deplete the ozone layer.

1. Safety Caution Concerned to New Refrigerant
The pressure of R410A is high 1.6 times of that of the former refrigerant (R22). Accompanied with change of
refrigerant, the refrigerating oil has been also changed. Therefore, be sure that water, dust, the former
refrigerant or the former refrigerating oil is not mixed into the refrigerating cycle of the air conditioner with
new refrigerant during installation work or service work. If an incorrect work or incorrect service is performed, there is a possibility to cause a serious accident. Use the tools and materials exclusive to R410A to
purpose a safe work.

2. Cautions on Installation/Service
1) Do not mix the other refrigerant or refrigerating oil.
For the tools exclusive to R410A, shapes of all the joints including the service port differ from those of the
former refrigerant in order to prevent mixture of them.
2) As the use pressure of the new refrigerant is high, use material thickness of the pipe and tools which are
specified for R410A.
3) In the installation time, use clean pipe materials and work with great attention so that water and others do
not mix in because pipes are affected by impurities such as water, oxide scales, oil, etc. Use the clean
pipes.
Be sure to brazing with flowing nitrogen gas. (Never use gas other than nitrogen gas.)
4) For the earth protection, use a vacuum pump for air purge.
5) R410A refrigerant is azeotropic mixture type refrigerant. Therefore use liquid type to charge the refrigerant. (If using gas for charging, composition of the refrigerant changes and then characteristics of the air
conditioner change.)

3. Pipe Materials
For the refrigerant pipes, copper pipe and joints are mainly used. It is necessary to select the most appropriate pipes to conform to the standard. Use clean material in which impurities adhere inside of pipe or joint to a
minimum.

1) Copper pipe

The pipe thickness, flare finishing size, flare nut and others differ according to a refrigerant type.
When us#ing a long copper pipe for R410A, it is recommended to select “Copper or copper-base pipe
without seam” and one with bonded oil amount 40mg/10m or less. Also do not use crushed, deformed,
discolored (especially inside) pipes. (Impurities cause clogging of expansion valves and capillary tubes.)


Use the flare nuts which are attached to the air conditioner unit.

2) Joint
The flare joint and socket joint are used for joints of the copper pipe. The joints are rarely used for installation of the air conditioner. However clear impurities when using them.

–7–

4. Tools
1. Required Tools for R410A
Mixing of different types of oil may cause a trouble such as generation of sludge, clogging of capillary,
etc. Accordingly, the tools to be used are classified into the following three types.
1) Tools exclusive for R410A (Those which cannot be used for conventional refrigerant (R22))
2) Tools exclusive for R410A, but can be also used for conventional refrigerant (R22)
3) Tools commonly used for R410A and for conventional refrigerant (R22)
The table below shows the tools exclusive for R410A and their interchangeability.

Tools exclusive for R410A (The following tools for R410A are required.)
Tools whose specifications are changed for R410A and their interchangeability
R410A
air conditioner installation
No.

Usage

Used tool

 Flare tool

Conventional air
conditioner installation

Existence of
Whether convennew equipment tional equipment Whether conventional
equipment can be used
for R410A
can be used

Pipe flaring

Yes

*(Note 1)

Yes

‚ adjusting projection margin flare tool

Yes

*(Note 1)

*(Note 1)

ƒ Torque wrench

Connection of flare nut

Yes

No

No

Evacuating, refrigerant
charge, run check, etc.

Yes

No

No

Vacuum evacuating

Yes

No

Yes

‡ refrigerant charging

Refrigerant charge

Yes

Yes

Yes

ˆ Refrigerant cylinder

Refrigerant charge

Yes

No

No

‰ Leakage detector

Gas leakage check

Yes

No

Yes

Š Charging cylinder

Refrigerant charge

(Note 2)

No

No

Copper pipe gauge for

„ Gauge manifold
… Charge hose
† Vacuum pump adapter
Electronic balance for

Flaring by conventional

(Note 1) When flaring is carried out for R410A using the conventional flare tools, adjustment of projection margin is necessary. For this adjustment, a copper pipe gauge, etc. are necessary.
(Note 2) Charging cylinder for R410A is being currently developed.

General tools (Conventional tools can be used.)
In addition to the above exclusive tools, the following equipments which serve also for R22 are necessary
as the general tools.
1) Vacuum pump
Use vacuum pump by
attaching vacuum pump adapter.
2) Torque wrench
3) Pipe cutter
4) Reamer
5) Pipe bender
6) Level vial

7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)

Screwdriver (+, –)
Spanner or Monkey wrench
Hole core drill
Hexagon wrench (Opposite side 4mm)
Tape measure
Metal saw

Also prepare the following equipments for other installation method and run check.
1) Clamp meter
3) IInsulation resistance tester
2) Thermometer
4) Electroscope

–8–

Revised : Mar. 2007

1. SPECIFICATIONS
1-1. Indoor Unit
1-1-1. 4-Way Air Discharge Cassette Type

Indoor unit

RAV-

SM563UT-E

SM803UT-E

SM1103UT-E

SM1403UT-E

Outdoor unit

RAV-

SM563AT-E

SM803AT-E

SM1103AT-E

SM1403AT-E

Cooling capacity

(kW)

5.3

6.7

10.0

12.1

Heating capacity

(kW)

5.6

8.0

11.2

14.0

Model

Power supply

1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz
Running current

(A)

7.89 – 7.24

10.11 – 9.26

14.42 – 13.21

7.67 – 16.19

Power consumption

(kW)

1.65

2.09

3.11

3.77

Power factor

(%)

95

94

98

97

(W/W)

3.21

3.21

3.22

3.21

A

A

A

A

4.5

4.0

4.5

4.0

(A)

6.89 – 6.32

10.69 – 9.80

14.38 – 13.18

18.18 – 16.67

Power consumption

(kW)

1.44

2.21

3.10

3.88

Power factor

(%)

95

94

98

97

(W/W)

3.89

3.62

3.61

3.61

A

A

A

A

6.0

4.5

5.0

4.0

Cooling
EER

Energy efficiency class *
Energy rating **

Electrical
characteristics

Running current

Heating
COP

Energy efficiency class *
Energy rating **
Main unit
Appearance

Model
Ceiling panel
(Sold separately) Panel color

RBC-U21PG (W)-E2
Moon-white (Muncel 2.5GY 9.0/0.5)

Height

(mm)

256

256

319

319

Width

(mm)

840

840

840

840

Depth

(mm)

840

840

840

840

Height
Ceiling panel
Width
(Sold separately)
Depth

(mm)

35

35

35

35

(mm)

950

950

950

950

(mm)

950

950

950

950

Main unit

(kg)

21

22

26

26

Ceiling panel (Sold separately)

(kg)

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

Main unit
Outer
dimension

Zinc hot dipping steel plate

Total weight
Heat exchanger

Finned tube
Fan

Fan unit

Standard air flow H/M/L
Motor

(m³/min)

Turbo fan

Turbo fan

Turbo fan

Turbo fan

17.5/13.9/12.1

20.0/15.7/13.6

28.0/22.0/18.0

34.0/25.0/20.0

60

60

90

90

(W)

Air filter

TCB-LF1601UE2, UFM1601UE, UFH1601UE

Controller (Sold separately)

Connecting pipe

RBC-AMT31E, AS21E2, TCB-SC642TLE2, AX21U(W)-E2
Gas side

(mm)

12.7

15.9

15.9

15.9

Liquid side

(mm)

6.4

9.5

9.5

9.5

Drain port

(mm)

VP25

Sound pressure level

H/M/L

(dB•A)

32/29/27

37/31/28

39/36/33

47/38/34

Sound power level

H/M/L

(dB•A)

47/44/42

52/46/43

54/51/48

62/53/49

* : IEC standard, ** : AS standard

–9–

Revised : Mar. 2007

Indoor unit

RAV-

SM563UT-E

SM803UT-E

SP1102UT-E

SM1403UT-E

Outdoor unit

RAV-

SP562AT-E

SP802AT-E

SP1102AT-E

SP1402AT-E

Cooling capacity

(kW)

5.3

7.1

10.0

12.5

Heating capacity

(kW)

5.6

8.0

11.2

14.0

Model

Power supply

1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz
Running current

(A)

7.17 – 6.57

8.95 – 8.21

11.24 – 10.31

16.51 – 15.14

Power consumption

(kW)

1.53

1.93

2.40

3.56

Power factor

(%)

97

98

97

98

(W/W)

3.46

3.68

4.17

3.51

Energy efficiency class *

A

A

A

A

Energy rating **

—

—

—

—

(A)

5.62 – 5.15

9.42 – 8.63

12.28 – 11.25

16.60 – 15.22

Power consumption

(kW)

1.20

2.03

2.62

3.58

Power factor

(%)

97

98

97

98

(W/W)

4.67

3.94

4.27

3.91

Energy efficiency class *

A

A

A

A

Energy rating **

—

—

—

—

Cooling
EER

Electrical
characteristics

Running current

Heating
COP

Main unit
Appearance

Model
Ceiling panel
(Sold separately) Panel color

RBC-U21PG (W)-E2
Moon-white (Muncel 2.5GY 9.0/0.5)

Height

(mm)

256

256

319

319

Width

(mm)

840

840

840

840

Depth

(mm)

840

840

840

840

Height
Ceiling panel
Width
(Sold separately)
Depth

(mm)

35

35

35

35

(mm)

950

950

950

950

(mm)

950

950

950

950

Main unit

(kg)

21

22

26

26

Ceiling panel (Sold separately)

(kg)

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

Main unit
Outer
dimension

Zinc hot dipping steel plate

Total weight
Heat exchanger

Finned tube
Fan

Fan unit

Standard air flow H/M/L
Motor

(m³/min)

Turbo fan

Turbo fan

Turbo fan

Turbo fan

17.5/13.9/12.1

20.0/15.7/13.6

28.0/22.0/18.0

33.0/25.0/20.0

60

60

90

90

(W)

Air filter

TCB-LF1601UE2, UFM1601UE, UFH1601UE

Controller (Sold separately)

RBC-AMT31E, AS21E2, TCB-SC642TLE2, AX21U (W)-E2
Gas side

(mm)

12.7

15.9

15.9

15.9

Liquid side

(mm)

6.4

9.5

9.5

9.5

Drain port

(mm)

Sound pressure level

H/M/L

(dB•A)

32/29/27

37/31/28

39/36/33

42/38/34

Sound power level

H/M/L

(dB•A)

47/44/42

52/46/43

54/51/48

57/53/49

Connecting pipe

VP25

* : IEC standard, ** : AS standard

– 10 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
1-1-2. Concealed Duct Type

Indoor unit

RAV-

SM562BT-E

SM802BT-E

SM1102BT-E

SM1402BT-E

Outdoor unit

RAV-

SM563AT-E

SM803AT-E

SM1103AT-E

SM1403AT-E

Cooling capacity

(kW)

5.0

7.1

10.0

12.5

Heating capacity

(kW)

5.6

8.0

11.2

14.0

Model

Power supply

1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz
Running current

(A)

8.52 – 7.81

12.23 – 11.21

16.50 – 15.10

20.70 – 19.00

Power consumption

(kW)

1.78

2.53

3.56

4.42

Power factor

(%)

95

94

98

97

(W/W)

2.81

2.81

2.81

2.83

C

C

C

C

3.0

3.0

3.5

3.0

(A)

8.18 – 7.50

11.65 – 10.68

14.56 – 13.35

18.88 – 17.31

Power consumption

(kW)

1.71

2.41

3.14

4.03

Power factor

(%)

95

94

98

97

(W/W)

3.27

3.32

3.57

3.47

C

C

B

B

3.0

3.5

5.0

4.0

Cooling
EER

Energy efficiency class *
Energy rating **

Electrical
characteristics

Running current

Heating
COP

Energy efficiency class *
Energy rating **
Main unit
Appearance

Model
Ceiling panel
(Sold separately) Panel color

—
—

Height

(mm)

320

320

320

320

Width

(mm)

700

1000

1350

1350

Depth

(mm)

800

800

800

800

Height
Ceiling panel
Width
(Sold separately)
Depth

(mm)

—

—

—

—

(mm)

—

—

—

—

(mm)

—

—

—

—

Main unit

(kg)

30

39

54

54

Ceiling panel (Sold separately)

(kg)

—

—

—

—

Main unit
Outer
dimension

Zinc hot dipping steel plate

Total weight
Heat exchanger

Finned tube
Fan

Fan unit

Standard air flow H/M/L
Motor

Air filter

Centrifugal

Centrifugal

Centrifugal

Centrifugal

13.0/11.9/9.8

19.0/16.2/13.3

27.0/23.0/18.9

33.0/28.0/23.1

(W)

120

120

120

120

TCB-

UFM21BE
UFM61BE

UFM11BFCE
UFM31BE
UFH51BFCE
UFM71BE

(m³/min)

Controller (Sold separately)

UFM21BFCE
UFM41BE
UFH61BFCE
UFH81BE

RBC-AMT31E, AS21E2, TCB-SC642TLE2, AX21E2
Gas side

(mm)

12.7

15.9

15.9

15.9

Liquid side

(mm)

6.4

9.5

9.5

9.5

Drain port

(mm)

Sound pressure level

H/M/L

(dB•A)

40/37/33

40/37/34

42/39/36

44/41/38

Sound power level

H/M/L

(dB•A)

55/52/48

55/52/49

57/54/51

59/56/53

Connecting pipe

VP25

* : IEC standard, ** : AS standard

– 11 –


Indoor unit

RAV-

SM562BT-E

SM802BT-E

SM1102BT-E

SM1402BT-E

Outdoor unit

RAV-

SP562AT-E

SP802AT-E

SP1102AT-E

SP1402AT-E

Cooling capacity

(kW)

5.0

7.1

10.0

12.5

Heating capacity

(kW)

5.6

8.0

11.2

14.0

Model

Power supply

1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz
Running current

(A)

6.51 – 5.97

9.74 – 8.93

11.72 – 10.74

18.09 – 16.58

Power consumption

(kW)

1.39

2.10

2.50

3.90

Power factor

(%)

97

98

97

98

(W/W)

3.60

3.38

4.00

3.21

Energy efficiency class *

A

A

A

A

Energy rating **

—

—

—

—

(A)

7.26 – 6.66

9.74 – 8.93

11.72 – 10.74

16.70 – 15.31

Power consumption

(kW)

1.55

2.10

2.50

3.60

Power factor

(%)

97

98

97

98

(W/W)

3.61

3.81

4.48

3.89

Energy efficiency class *

A

A

A

A

Energy rating **

—

—

—

—

Cooling
EER

Electrical
characteristics

Running current

Heating
COP

Main unit
Appearance

Model
Ceiling panel
(Sold separately) Panel color

—
—

Height

(mm)

320

320

320

320

Width

(mm)

700

1000

1350

1350

Depth

(mm)

800

800

800

800

Height
Ceiling panel
Width
(Sold separately)
Depth

(mm)

—

—

—

—

(mm)

—

—

—

—

(mm)

—

—

—

—

Main unit

(kg)

30

39

54

54

Ceiling panel (Sold separately)

(kg)

—

—

—

—

Main unit
Outer
dimension

Zinc hot dipping steel plate

Total weight
Heat exchanger

Finned tube
Fan

Fan unit

Standard air flow H/M/L
Motor

Air filter

Centrifugal

Centrifugal

Centrifugal

Centrifugal

13.0/11.9/9.8

19.0/16.2/13.3

27.0/23.0/18.9

33.0/28.0/23.1

(W)

120

120

120

120

TCB-

UFM21BE
UFM61BE

UFM11BFCE
UFM31BE
UFH51BFCE
UFM71BE

(m³/min)

Controller (Sold separately)

UFM21BFCE
UFM 41BE
UFH61BFCE
UFH 81BE

RBC-AMT31E, AS21E2, TCB-SC642TLE2, AX21E2
Gas side

(mm)

12.7

15.9

15.9

15.9

Liquid side

(mm)

6.4

9.5

9.5

9.5

Drain port

(mm)

Sound pressure level

H/M/L

(dB•A)

40/37/33

40/37/34

42/39/36

44/41/38

Sound power level

H/M/L

(dB•A)

55/52/48

55/52/49

57/54/51

59/56/53

Connecting pipe

VP25

* : IEC standard, ** : AS standard

– 12 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
1-1-3. Under Ceiling Type

Indoor unit

RAV-

SM562CT-E

SM802CT-E

SM1102CT-E

SM1402CT-E

Outdoor unit

RAV-

SM563AT-E

SM803AT-E

SM1103AT-E

SM1403AT-E

Cooling capacity

(kW)

5.0

7.0

10.0

12.3

Heating capacity

(kW)

5.6

8.0

11.2

14.0

Model

Power supply

1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz
Running current

(A)

8.71 – 7.98

12.23 – 11.21

16.20 – 14.90

21.18 – 19.40

Power consumption

(kW)

1.82

2.53

3.51

4.52

Power factor

(%)

95

94

98

97

(W/W)

2.75

2.77

2.85

2.72

D

D

C

D

2.5

2.5

3.0

2.5

(A)

7.85 – 7.19

11.94 – 10.95

14.84 – 13.61

19.40 – 17.78

Power consumption

(kW)

1.64

2.47

3.20

4.14

Power factor

(%)

95

94

98

97

(W/W)

3.41

3.24

3.50

3.38

B

C

B

C

4.0

4.0

5.0

3.5

Cooling
EER

Energy efficiency class *
Energy rating **

Electrical
characteristics

Running current

Heating
COP

Energy efficiency class *
Energy rating **
Main unit
Appearance

Model
Ceiling panel
(Sold separately) Panel color

—
—

Height

(mm)

210

210

210

210

Width

(mm)

910

1180

1595

1595

Depth

(mm)

680

680

680

680

Height
Ceiling panel
Width
(Sold separately)
Depth

(mm)

—

—

—

—

(mm)

—

—

—

—

(mm)

—

—

—

—

Main unit

(kg)

21

25

33

33

Ceiling panel (Sold separately)

(kg)

—

—

—

—

Main unit
Outer
dimension

Shine white

Total weight
Heat exchanger

Finned tube
Fan

Fan unit

Standard air flow H/M/L
Motor

(m³/min)

Centrifugal

Centrifugal

Centrifugal

Centrifugal

13.0/11.2/10.0

18.5/16.7/14.6

27.5/24.0/21.2

30.0/26.0/23.1

60

60

120

120

(W)

Air filter

Attached main unit

Controller (Sold separately)

RBC-AMT31E, AS21E2, TCB-SC642TLE2, AX21E2
Gas side

(mm)

12.7

15.9

15.9

15.9

Liquid side

(mm)

6.4

9.5

9.5

9.5

Drain port

(mm)

Sound pressure level

H/M/L

(dB•A)

36/33/30

38/36/33

41/38/35

43/40/37

Sound power level

H/M/L

(dB•A)

51/48/45

53/51/48

56/53/50

58/55/52

Connecting pipe

VP25

* : IEC standard, ** : AS standard

– 13 –

Revised : Mar. 2007

Indoor unit

RAV-

SM562CT-E

SM802CT-E

SM1102CT-E

SM1402CT-E

Outdoor unit

RAV-

SP562AT-E

SP802AT-E

SP1102AT-E

SP1402AT-E

Cooling capacity

(kW)

5.0

7.1

10.0

12.5

Heating capacity

(kW)

5.6

8.0

11.2

14.0

Model

Power supply

1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz
Running current

(A)

6.61 – 6.06

9.74 – 8.93

11.24 – 10.31

18.09 – 16.58

Power consumption

(kW)

1.41

2.10

2.40

3.90

Power factor

(%)

97

98

97

98

(W/W)

3.55

3.38

4.17

3.21

Energy efficiency class *

A

A

A

A

Energy rating **

—

—

—

—

(A)

7.03 – 6.44

10.20 – 9.35

11.72 – 10.74

17.39 – 15.94

Power consumption

(kW)

1.50

2.20

2.50

3.75

Power factor

(%)

97

98

97

98

(W/W)

3.73

3.64

4.48

3.73

Energy efficiency class *

A

A

A

A

Energy rating **

—

—

—

—

Cooling
EER

Electrical
characteristics

Running current

Heating
COP

Main unit
Appearance

Model
Ceiling panel
(Sold separately) Panel color

—
—

Height

(mm)

210

210

210

210

Width

(mm)

910

1180

1595

1595

Depth

(mm)

680

680

680

680

Height
Ceiling panel
Width
(Sold separately)
Depth

(mm)

—

—

—

—

(mm)

—

—

—

—

(mm)

—

—

—

—

Main unit

(kg)

21

25

33

33

Ceiling panel (Sold separately)

(kg)

—

—

—

—

Main unit
Outer
dimension

Shine white

Total weight
Heat exchanger

Finned tube
Fan

Fan unit

Standard air flow H/M/L
Motor

(m³/min)

Centrifugal

Centrifugal

Centrifugal

Centrifugal

13.0/11.2/10.0

18.5/16.7/14.6

27.5/24.0/21.2

30.0/26.0/23.1

60

60

120

120

(W)

Air filter

Attached main unit

Controller (Sold separately)

RBC-AMT31E, AS21E2, TCB-SC642TLE2, AX21E2
Gas side

(mm)

12.7

15.9

15.9

15.9

Liquid side

(mm)

6.4

9.5

9.5

9.5

Drain port

(mm)

Sound pressure level

H/M/L

(dB•A)

36/33/30

38/36/33

41/38/35

43/40/37

Sound power level

H/M/L

(dB•A)

51/48/45

53/51/48

56/53/50

58/55/52

Connecting pipe

VP25

* : IEC standard, ** : AS standard

– 14 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
1-1-4. Twin Type

4-Way Air Cassette

Type

Concealed Duct

Under Ceiling

Indoor unit 1

RAV-

SM563UT-E

SM803UT-E

SM562BT-E

SM802BT-E

SM562CT-E

SM802CT-E

Indoor unit 2

RAV-

SM563UT-E

SM803UT-E

SM562BT-E

SM802BT-E

SM562CT-E

SM802CT-E

Outdoor unit

RAV- SM1103AT-E SM1403AT-E SM1103AT-E SM1403AT-E SM1103AT-E SM1403AT-E

Model

Cooling capacity

(kW)

10.0

12.5

10.0

12.5

10.0

12.3

Heating capacity

(kW)

11.2

14.0

11.2

14.0

11.2

14.0

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Power supply

1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz
Running current

(A) 14.40–13.20 19.17–17.57 16.51–15.14 20.71–18.99 16.28–14.92 21.18–19.42

Power consumption (kW)
Cooling Power factor
EER

(%)
(W/W)

Energy efficiency class *

Electrical
characteristics

Running current

Heating Power factor

(%)
(W/W)

Energy efficiency class *
Fan
Standard
air flow

Fan unit

H/M/L

4.09

3.56

4.42

3.51

4.52

98

97

98

97

98

97

3.22

3.06

2.81

2.83

2.85

2.72

A

B

C

C

C

D

(A) 14.40–13.20 18.74–17.18 14.56–13.35 18.88–17.31 14.84–13.61

Power consumption (kW)

COP

3.11

(m³/min)

Motor

(W)

19.40–7.78

3.10

4.00

3.14

4.03

3.20

4.14

98

97

98

97

98

97

3.61

3.50

3.57

3.47

3.50

3.38

A

B

B

B

B

C

Turbo fan

Turbo fan

Centrifugal

Centrifugal

Centrifugal

Centrifugal

17.5/
13.9/12.1

20.0/
15.7/13.6

13.0/
11.9/9.8

19.0/
16.2/13.3

13.0/
11.2/10.0

18.5/
16.7/14.6

60

60

120

120

60

60

Sound pressure level

H/M/L

(dB•A)

32/29/27

34/31/28

40/37/33

40/37/34

36/33/30

38/36/33

Sound power level

H/M/L

(dB•A)

47/44/42

49/46/43

55/52/48

55/52/49

51/48/45

53/51/48

Outdoor unit

Outdoor unit

Power supply

Inter
connecting
pipes

1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz (Power exclusive to outdoor is required.)
Standard length

(m)

7.5

7.5

7.5

7.5

7.5

7.5

Min. length

(m)

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

Max. total length

(m)

50

50

50

50

50

50

Over 30m
Height
difference

40g/m (31m to 50m)
Outdoor lower (m)

30

30

30

30

30

30

Outdoor high

30

30

30

30

30

30

(m)

Fan
Fan unit

Propeller fan

Standard air flow high

(m³/min)

75

75

75

75

75

75

(W)

100

100

100

100

100

100

Main

(mm)

15.9

15.9

15.9

15.9

15.9

15.9

Sub

(mm)

12.7

12.7

12.7

15.9

12.7

15.9

Main

(mm)

9.5

9.5

9.5

9.5

9.5

9.5

Sub

(mm)

6.4

6.4

6.4

9.5

6.4

9.5

Motor
Gas side
Connecting
pipe
Liquid side
Sound pressure level

Cooling/Heating

(dB•A)

53/54

53/54

53/54

53/54

53/54

53/54

Sound power level

Cooling/Heating

(dB•A)

70/71

70/71

70/71

70/71

70/71

70/71

* : IEC standard

– 15 –

Revised : Mar. 2007

4-Way Air Cassette

Type

Concealed Duct

Under Ceiling

Indoor unit 1

RAV-

SM563UT-E

SM803UT-E

SM562BT-E

SM802BT-E

SM562CT-E

SM802CT-E

Indoor unit 2

RAV-

SM563UT-E

SM803UT-E

SM562BT-E

SM802BT-E

SM562CT-E

SM802CT-E

Outdoor unit

RAV- SP1102AT-E SP1402AT-E SP1102AT-E SP1402AT-E SP1102AT-E SP1402AT-E

Model

Cooling capacity

(kW)

10.0

12.5

10.0

12.5

10.0

12.3

Heating capacity

(kW)

11.2

14.0

11.2

14.0

11.2

14.0

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Power supply

1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz
Running current

(A) 11.24–10.31 16.51–15.14 11.72–10.74 18.09–16.58 11.24–10.31 18.09–16.58

Power consumption (kW)
Cooling Power factor
EER

(%)
(W/W)

Energy efficiency class *

Electrical
characteristics

Running current

Heating Power factor

(%)
(W/W)

Energy efficiency class *
Fan
Fan unit

Standard
air flow

H/M/L

3.56

2.50

3.90

2.40

3.90

97

98

97

98

97

98

4.17

3.51

4.00

3.21

4.17

3.21

A

A

A

A

A

A

(A) 11.95–10.95 16.60–15.22 11.95–10.95 16.70–15.31 11.95–10.95 17.39–15.94

Power consumption (kW)

COP

2.40

(m³/min)

Motor

(W)

2.55

3.58

2.55

3.60

2.55

3.75

97

98

97

98

97

98

4.39

3.91

4.39

3.89

4.39

3.79

A

A

A

A

A

A

Turbo fan

Turbo fan

Centrifugal

Centrifugal

Centrifugal

Centrifugal

17.5/
13.9/12.1

20.0/
15.7/13.6

13.0/
11.9/9.8

19.0/
16.2/13.3

13.0/
11.2/10.0

18.5/
16.7/14.6

60

60

120

120

60

60

Sound pressure level

H/M/L

(dB•A)

32/29/27

34/31/28

40/37/33

40/37/34

36/33/30

38/36/33

Sound power level

H/M/L

(dB•A)

47/44/42

49/46/43

55/52/48

55/52/49

51/48/45

53/51/48

Outdoor unit

Outdoor unit

Power supply

Inter
connecting
pipes

1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz (Power exclusive to outdoor is required.)
Standard length

(m)

7.5

7.5

7.5

7.5

7.5

7.5

Min. length

(m)

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

Max. total length

(m)

50

50

50

50

50

50

Over 30m
Height
difference

40g/m (31m to 50m)
Outdoor lower (m)

30

30

30

30

30

30

Outdoor high

30

30

30

30

30

30

(m)

Fan
Fan unit

Propeller fan

Standard air flow high
Motor

(m³/min)
(W)

125

125

125

125

125

125

63 + 63

63 + 63

63 + 63

63 + 63

63 + 63

63 + 63

Main

(mm)

15.9

15.9

15.9

15.9

15.9

15.9

Sub

(mm)

12.7

15.9

12.7

15.9

12.7

15.9

Main

(mm)

9.5

9.5

9.5

9.5

9.5

9.5

Sub

(mm)

6.4

9.5

6.4

9.5

6.4

9.5

Gas side
Connecting
pipe
Liquid side
Sound pressure level

Cooling/Heating

(dB•A)

49/51

53/54

49/51

53/54

49/51

53/54

Sound power level

Cooling/Heating

(dB•A)

66/68

70/71

66/68

70/71

66/68

70/71

* : IEC standard

– 16 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
1-2. Outdoor Unit

Model name

RAV-

SM563AT-E

Type
Motor

(kW)

Refrigerant charged

(kg)

1.1

1.6

2.5

3.0

4

4

4

4

1.0

1.7

2.8

2.8

Refrigerant control

Pulse motor valve
Standard length

(m)

7.5

7.5

7.5

7.5

Min. length

(m)

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

Max. total length

(m)

30

30

50

50

20g/m
(21m to 30m)

40g/m
(21m to 30m)

40g/m
(31m to 50m)

40g/m
(31m to 50m)

Additional refrigerant charge
under long piping connector
Outdoor lower

(m)

30

30

30

30

Outdoor higher

(m)

30

30

30

30

Height

(mm)

550

550

795

795

Width

(mm)

780

780

900

900

Depth

(mm)

290

290

320

320

Height
difference

Outer dimension

Appearance

Silky shade (Muncel 1Y8.5/0.5)

Total weight

(kg)

38

44

Heat exchanger

77

77

Finned tube
Fan

Fan unit

SM1403AT-E

Hermetic compressor

Pole

Inter connecting pipe

SM1103AT-E

1 phase 230V (220 – 240V)
50Hz (Power exclusive to outdoor is required.)

Power supply

Compressor

SM803AT-E

Standard air flow

Propeller fan
(m³/h)

40

45

75

75

(W)

43

43

100

100

Gas side

(mm)

12.7

15.9

15.9

15.9

Liquid side

(mm)

6.4

9.5

9.5

9.5

Sound pressure level

Cooling/Heating

(dB•A)

46/48

48/50

53/54

54/54

Sound power level

Cooling/Heating

(dB•A)

63/65

65/67

70/71

71/71

Motor
Connecting pipe

Outside air temperature, Cooling

(°C)

43 to –15

Outside air temperature, Heating

(°C)

15 to –15

– 17 –


Model name

RAV-

SP562AT-E

Type
Motor

(kW)

Refrigerant charged

(kg)

2.0

2.0

3.75

3.75

4

4

4

4

1.5

2.1

2.95

2.95

Refrigerant control

Pulse motor valve
Standard length

(m)

7.5

7.5

7.5

7.5

Min. length

(m)

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

Max. total length

(m)

50

50

70

70

20g/m
(21m to 50m)

40g/m
(31m to 50m)

40g/m
(31m to 70m)

40g/m
(31m to 70m)

Additional refrigerant charge
under long piping connector
Outdoor lower

(m)

30

30

30

30

Outdoor higher

(m)

30

30

30

30

Height

(mm)

795

795

1340

1340

Width

(mm)

900

900

900

900

Depth

(mm)

320

320

320

320

Height
difference

Outer dimension

Appearance

Silky shade (Muncel 1Y8.5/0.5)

Total weight

(kg)

55

62

Heat exchanger

95

95

Finned tube
Fan

Fan unit

SP1402AT-E

Hermetic compressor

Pole

Inter connecting pipe

SP1102AT-E

1 phase 230V (220 – 240V)
50Hz (Power exclusive to outdoor is required.)

Power supply

Compressor

SP802AT-E

Standard air flow

Propeller fan
(m³/h)

57

57

125

125

(W)

63

63

63 + 63

63 + 63

Gas side

(mm)

12.7

15.9

15.9

15.9

Liquid side

(mm)

6.4

9.5

9.5

9.5

Sound pressure level

Cooling/Heating

(dB•A)

46/47

47/49

49/51

53/54

Sound power level

Cooling/Heating

(dB•A)

63/64

64/66

66/68

70/71

Motor
Connecting pipe

Outside air temperature, Cooling

(°C)

43 to –15

Outside air temperature, Heating

(°C)

15 to –15

– 18 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
1-3. Operation Characteristic Curve
• Operation characteristic curve 
RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E




14

16

14

12

RAV-SM803AT-E
RAV-SM803AT-E

12
10

Current (A)

Current (A)

10
8

6

RAV-SM563AT-E

8

6

RAV-SM563AT-E

4
4
• Conditions
Indoor : DB27˚C/WB19˚C
Outdoor : DB35˚C
Air flow : High
Pipe length : 7.5m
230V

2

0

0

20

40

60

70

80

• Conditions
Indoor : DB20˚C
Outdoor : DB7˚C/WB6˚C
Air flow : High
Pipe length : 7.5m
230V

2

0

90 100

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

Compressor speed (rps)

Compressor speed (rps)

RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E




22

22

20

20

RAV-SM1103AT-E

18

18

16

14

Current (A)

Current (A)

14
12
10
8

12
10

RAV-SM1103AT-E

8

6

6
• Conditions
Indoor : DB27˚C/WB19˚C
Outdoor : DB35˚C
Air flow : High
Pipe length : 7.5m
230V

4
2
0

RAV-SM1403AT-E

16

RAV-SM1403AT-E

0

20

40

60

80

100

• Conditions
Indoor : DB20˚C
Outdoor : DB7˚C/WB6˚C
Air flow : High
Pipe length : 7.5m
230V

4
2
120

Compressor speed (rps)

0

0

20

40

60

80

Compressor speed (rps)

– 19 –

100

120

• Operation characteristic curve 
RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E




14

16

12

14

10

RAV-SP802AT-E

12

RAV-SP802AT-E

Current (A)

Current (A)

10
8

6

RAV-SP562AT-E
8

6

RAV-SP562AT-E

4

4
• Conditions
Indoor : DB27˚C/WB19˚C
Outdoor : DB35˚C
Air flow : High
Pipe length : 7.5m
230V

2

0
0

20

40

50

60

70

80

• Conditions
Indoor : DB20˚C
Outdoor : DB7˚C/WB6˚C
Air flow : High
Pipe length : 7.5m
230V

2

0
0

100

Compressor speed (rps)

20

40

60

70

80

90 100

Compressor speed (rps)

RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E




22

22

20

20

16

16

14

14

12
10
8

12
10
8

RAV-SP1102AT-E

6

2

0

20

40

60

RAV-SP1102AT-E

6

• Conditions
Indoor : DB27˚C/WB19˚C
Outdoor : DB35˚C
Air flow : High
Pipe length : 7.5m
230V

4

0

RAV-SP1402AT-E

18

RAV-SP1402AT-E

Current (A)

Current (A)

18

• Conditions
Indoor : DB20˚C
Outdoor : DB7˚C/WB6˚C
Air flow : High
Pipe length : 7.5m
230V

4
2
0

80

Compressor speed (rps)

0

20

40

60

Compressor speed (rps)

– 20 –

80

Revised : Mar. 2007
• Capacity variation ratio according to temperature
RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E, RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E
RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E, RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E




105

120

100

110

95

100
90

Capacity ratio (%)

Capacity ratio (%)

90
85
80
75
70
65
60
55

80
70
60
50
40
30
20

• Conditions
Indoor : DB27˚C/WB19˚C
Indoor air flow : High
Pipe length : 7.5m

• Conditions
Indoor : DB20˚C
Indoor air flow : High
Pipe length : 7.5m

10

50
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43

0

Outdoor temp. (˚C)

-14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2

0

2

Outdoor temp. (˚C)

– 21 –

4

6

8 10

2. AIR DUCTING WORK
2-1. Static Pressure Characteristics of Each Model
RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E
Fig. 1 RAV-SM562BT-E (Round duct)

Fig. 3 RAV-SM802BT-E (Round duct)

Standard air volume 780m³/h

140

120

sure

t

imi

le l
sab

U

Hig

hs

tati

cp

Air volume limit (Min.)

80

res

60

40

Sta

sur

e1

2H

H ta

p

nda

Low

20

rd H

sta

tic p

tap

res

Sta

sur

eH

100

tap

0
500

20

780

Low s

tatic p

stat

ic p

ress

ure

it
lim

tati

res

40

rd H

sta

tic p

sur

e1

2H

Sta

High sta

tic pres

tap

sur

eH

tap

20

0
500

700

p

tap

High s

tatic pre

ssure 1

H tap

80

60

40

tap

780

sure 2H

el
abl

Us

Standa

rd H tap

Low s

tatic p

ressur

Stand

ard L

nda

rd L

1300

t
imi

H ta

tap

res

1200

Standard air volume 1140m³/h

100

cp

nda

Low

p

1140

120

Air volume limit (Max.)

60

Sta

p

rd L ta

1000

Air volume limit (Min.)

hs

e H ta

Standa

140

80

Air volume limit (Min.)

Static pressure (Pa)

100

ressur

Fig. 4 RAV-SM802BT-E (Square duct)

Static pressure (Pa)

High

Hig

p

Air volume m³/h

Standard air volume 780m³/h

le
ab
Us

H tap

rd H ta

0
800

900

Fig. 2 RAV-SM562BT-E (Square duct)

108

ure 1

Standa

Air volume m³/h

120

press

tap

700

140

static

60

nda

rd L

High

80

40

tap

t

imi

l
ble
Usa

e H ta

p

tap

Air volume limit (Max.)

100

High s
tatic p
ressu
re 2H
tap

pres

Air volume limit (Min.)

atic

Static pressure (Pa)

h st

Air volume limit (Max.)

Hig

Air volume limit (Max.)

120

Static pressure (Pa)

Standard air volume 1140m³/h

140

20

900

Air volume m³/h

0
800

1000

Air volume m³/h

– 22 –

1140

1200

1300

Fig. 5 RAV-SM1102BT-E (Round duct)

Fig. 7 RAV-SM1402BT-E (Round duct)

Standard air volume 1620m³/h

140

Standard air volume 1980m³/h

140

120

stati

c pr

essu

mit

e li

100

l
sab

Hig

re 2

hs

H ta

p

100

le l
sab

Low

stat

ic p

ure

dard

0
1200

H ta

p

tap

ress

Stan

20

rd H

Static pressure (Pa)

nda

re 1

H ta

p

Hig

hs

60

40

Low

static

sur

eH

tap

rd L

tap

2200

High

120

H tap

stati

c pre

ssur

press

ure H

Stan

dard

20

tap

1620

60

40

L tap

tap

stati

c pre

ssur

e 1H

tap

80

Air volume limit (Min.)

Static pressure (Pa)

static

tap

Air volume limit (Max.)

ard H

Low

High

ure 1

H tap

e 2H

U

100

press

Stand

2400

Standard air volume 1980m³/h

le l
sab

static

p

tap

res

t
imi

High

Air volume limit (Min.)

Static pressure (Pa)

H ta

1980

140

80

0
1200

tic p

1800

U

40

e1

p

Fig. 8 RAV-SM1402BT-E (Square duct)

ure 2

le l
sab

60

sur

H ta

Air volume m³/h

press

t
imi

e2

nda

0
1200

Standard air volume 1620m³/h

100

sta

p

Fig. 6 RAV-SM1102BT-E (Square duct)

120

res

rd H

Sta

Air volume m³/h

High

sur

nda

L ta

2000

res

cp

Sta

20

1620

140

tati

80

Air volume limit (Min.)

40

Sta

essu

Air volume limit (Max.)

Air volume limit (Min.)

Static pressure (Pa)

c pr

80

60

U

stati

cp

t
imi

U

High

tati

Stan

dard

Low

stat

ic pr

Stan

H ta

p

essu

dard

re H

tap

Air volume limit (Max.)

High

Air volume limit (Max.)

120

L tap

20

2000

Air volume m³/h

0
1200

1800

1980

Air volume hm³/h

– 23 –

2200

2400

3. CONSTRUCTION VIEWS (EXTERNAL VIEWS)
3-1. Indoor Unit
3-1-1. 4-Way Air Discharge Cassette Type
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM803UT-E
200

860 to 910 Recommended external size

860 to 910 Recommended external size

Check port
( 450)

200

¨

Check port
( 450)

¨

Standing
850 or less

130

105

Standing
640 or less

210

45
113

173

Surface
under ceiling

Surface
under ceiling

360

30

Cable draw-in port

Refrigerant pipe
connecting port A
Refrigerant pipe
connecting port B

70

270
250

105

Indoor unit
Drain up standing size

950 Panel external dimension
790 Hanging bolt pitch
346.5

130

Hanging bolt M10 or W3/8
Procured locally
256
88

105

227

Knockout
for
humidifier

480

950 Panel external dimension

415.0
105

80
240

723 Hanging bolt pitch

840 Unit external dimension

150

381.6

Electric
parts box

Surface
under ceiling

105

Ø162

35˚

Ceiling
panel
(Sold
separately)

254.5

120 97

Z

840 Hanging bolt

.5

Ø6.4

Ø12.7

SM803

Ø9.5

Ø15.9

Z view

8

SM563

25

18

B

97 120

57

64

227

A

35
57

480

Surface
under ceiling

Surface under ceiling

– 24 –

Surface under ceiling

RAV-SM1103UT-E, RAV-SM1403UT-E, RAV-SP1102UT-E

860 to 910 Recommended external size

860 to 910 Recommended external size

200

Check port
( 450)

200

¨

Check port
( 450)

¨

C

D

SM1103

Ø9.5 Ø15.9

A

183

319

SM1403

Ø9.5 Ø15.9

183

319

SP1102

Ø9.5 Ø15.9

183

319

B

105

130
Ceiling
bottom
surface
Electric parts box

Surface
under ceiling

210

130

113

Refrigerant pipe connecting port
A
Refrigerant pipe connecting port
B

Standing
640 or less

Ceiling bottom surface

360

30

Take-in port of pipes

Drain pipe
connecting port

105

173

45

Standing
850 or less

Indoor unit
Knockout square hole
70
250
for divide duct
Drain up standing size
For Ø150
Hanging bolt
860 to 910 Ceiling opening dimension
M10 or Ø3/8
950 Panel external dimension
(To be procured locally)
D
790 Hanging bolt pitch
88
346.5
270

227
480

381.6
723 Hanging bolt pitch
950 Panel external dimension
860 to 910 Ceiling opening dimension

Ceiling panel
(sold separately)

35˚

415.0

240
105
105
840 Unit external dimension

105

80

Ø162

105

C
254.5
840 Unit external dimension
480

35
Ceiling bottom
surface

.5
57 25

C

227

Z57

97

64

Ø162 Knockout square
hole for divide duct
for Ø150
(2 positions)

Z view

97

8
18
Surface under ceiling

Ceiling bottom surface

– 25 –

3-1-2. Concealed Duct Type
RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E

Hanging bolt pitch B

41

Main unit dimension A

50

638

H

498

60 to 260

243

44
49

196

Suction port
flange
(Separate sold)

Refrigerant pipe
connecting port
(Liquid side ØG)

9

6-Ø4 Tapping screw
undersized hole Ø160

393

41

Knock-out hole Ø125
(Air take-in port)

Ø26 Power supply,
remote controller
cable take-out port

C

Suction port canvas
(Separate sold)

Ceiling open size D

174

J=MxK

50 131

110

129

Hanging bolt pitch 700 59

320

Discharge port flange
N-Ø200

Refrigerant pipe connecting port Drain pipe connecting port
(Gas side ØF)
for vinyl chloride pipe
(Inner dia. 32, VP. 25)
Hanging bolt
4-M10 screw
(Arranged locally)
75
Main unit dimension 800

Panel C.L
410
Ceiling open size
470

Suction port
panel
(Separate sold)

Panel external
dimension 500

Panel external dimension E

• Dimension
B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

M

N

O

RAV-SM562BT

700

766

690

750

780

12.7

6.4

252

280

280

1

2

410

RAV-SM802BT

1000

1066

990

1050

1080

15.9

9.5

252

580

290

2

3

410

RAV-SM1102BT
RAV-SM1402BT

1350

1416

1340

1400

1430

15.9

9.5

252

930

310

3

4

410

300

A

Plane view of main unit

NOTE 1 :
For maintenance of the equipment, be sure to install
a check port A at the position as shown below.

(Pipe side)

NOTE 2 :
Using the drain up kit sold separately, drain-up by 300 (mm)
from drain pipe draw-out port of the main unit is necessary.
The drain-up over 300mm or more is impossible.

– 26 –

100

Discharge side

Check port A
450

3-1-3. Under Ceiling Type
RAV-SM562CT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E

Upper pipe draw-out port (Knockout hole)
210

Power supply cable take-in port (Knockout)

Drain port VP20
(Inner dia. Ø26, hose attached)

105

114

50

110 76

B (Hanging position)
Refrigerant pipe (Gas side ØD)

Drain pipe connecting port
97

75
146

Remote controller cable take- in port
Power supply cable take-in port (Knockout hole)

347

Ceiling surface

Remote controller cable take- in port
(Knockout hole)
84

32

135

92

90

32

262
Unit

171

145

A
Outside air take-in port
(Duct sold separately)(Knockout hole Ø92)
Drain left pipe draw-out port (Knockout hole)

Pipe hole on wall (Ø100 hole)

Model name
Wireless sensor
mounting section

250 or more

250 or more

– 27 –

A

B

C

D

562CT

910

855

Ø6.4

Ø12.7

802CT

1180

1125

Ø9.5

Ø15.9

1102CT, 1402CT

1595

1540

500 or more

Within
50

Hanging bolt

216 (Gas pipe)

680

Refrigerant pipe
(Liquid side ØC)

Left drain size

200 (Liquid pipe)

41

70

53

(Hanging position)

320

170

84

Pipe draw-out port (Knockout hole)

167

216

Remote controller cable take- in port
(Knockout hole)

130

128

Revised : Mar. 2007
3-2. Outdoor Unit
RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E
Drain hole
(2-Ø20 × 88 long hole)

Drain hole (Ø25)
600

90

A legs

54

Connecting pipe port
Gas flare side
RAV-SM563AT-E: Ø12.7
RAV-SM803AT-E: Ø15.9

(

306
Ø6 hole pitch
290

Connecting pipe port
Liquid flare side
RAV-SM563AT-E: Ø6.4
RAV-SM803AT-E: Ø9.5

30

(

B legs

257
157

79

108
21

6

21

147

)

2-Ø11 × L14 long hole
(For Ø8-Ø10 anchor bolts)
483

69.5

)

8-Ø6 hole
(For fixing outdoor unit)

20

320
(Long hole pitch
For anchor bolt)

2-Ø11-14 U-shape hole
(For Ø8-Ø10 anchor bolts)

30

125

60

108

31

143

35
52

8

32

500

54

93
137

550

483
449

145
25
22

71

342

780
Discharge guard

Discharge guide mounting hole
(4-Ø4.5 embossing)

Charge port

Space required for service
600
Suction port
300
or more

150
or more

Discharge
port

500
or more

Discharge
port

600

2-Ø11 × 14 long hole
(For Ø8–Ø10 anchor bolt)

320
3

R15

(Minimum
distance up to wall)

Ø11 × 14 U-shape holes
2-Ø6 hole
Product
external
line

54
38

2-Ø6 hole

320
3

320

150
or more

2-Ø11 × 14 U-shape holes
(For Ø8–Ø10 anchor bolt)

38
54

Product
external line
Ø11 × 14 U-shape hole

R15
600

Details of A legs

Details of B legs

– 28 –

Earth
terminal

Knockout
(For draining) Drain hole (Ø20 × 88 Burring hole)
Drain hole (Ø25 Burring hole)
29
90
191
20
Suction
Part B

17.5

21

40

26

40

Suction
port

21

43

(Long hole pitch
for anchor bolt)
40
70

Details of B part

Knockout
(For draining)

43
Part A

17.5

300

39
47

Discharge
port

60
150

40

Details of A part

95

900

Installation bolt hole
(Ø12 × 17 U-shape holes)

101

314
Handles
(Both sides)
Refrigerant pipe connecting port
Flare at liquid side
Ø6.4: RAV-SP562AT-E
Ø9.5: RAV-SP802AT-E

(

565

)

Refrigerant pipe connecting port
Flare at gas side
Ø12.7: RAV-SP562AT-E
Ø15.9: RAV-SP802AT-E

(

)

60
96

Z

Discharge guide
mounting hole
(4-Ø4 Embossing)

28

60 67
154
264

264

2

300

27

1

307

320

Knockout for lower piping
86 7

Z views

795

Space required for service

150
or more

2-Ø12 × 17 U-shape holes
(For Ø8–Ø10 Anchor bolt)
2

46

27

2

1

30

365

25
85
58
161

165
60 80

1

60 90

17.5

365

port

Installation bolt hole
(Ø12 × 17 U-shape holes)

58 7

17.5

RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E / RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E

600
Suction port
150
or more

150
or more

Discharge (Minimum
port
distance up to wall)

45
500
Discharge
or more

400

port

– 29 –

2-Ø12 × 17 long hole
(For Ø8–Ø10 Anchor bolt)

RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E

17.5
21

Suction
port

365
40
70

Knockout (Drain)
Drain hole (Ø20 x 88)
29
90
191
20

Suction
Knockout (Drain)
port

40

Discharge port
600
900

43

40
54

60
150

B legs
A legs

43

17.5
21

26

Drain hole (Ø25)

108
320

1340

Refrigerant pipe
connecting port
(Ø15.9 flare at gas side)

28

67
154

67

314

300

z

60

27
95

307

27

58
161
400

60

164
Discharge guide
mounting port
(8-Ø3 embossing)

60 90

350

89
25

706
715

565

60

625

565

Refrigerant pipe
connecting port
(Ø9.5 flare at liquid side)

Mountig bolt hole
(Ø12 x 17 long hole)

40

40

20

Mountig bolt hole
(Ø12 x 17 U-shape hole)
12

Details of A legs

Details of B legs

58

7

86 7

46
80

Z view

165

Space required for service

45

150
or more

32

365

60

600
2-Ø12 x 17 U-shape holes
(For Ø8–Ø10 anchor bolt)

Suction port
150
or more

150
or more

Discharge (Minimum
port
distance up to wall)

500
Discharge 2-Ø12 x 17 long hole
or more

port

– 30 –

(For Ø8–Ø10 anchor bolt)

4. SYSTEMATIC REFRIGERATING CYCLE DIAGRAM
4-1. Indoor Unit/Outdoor Unit
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM562CT-E / RAV-SM563AT-E
Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe
Gas side ØA

Liquid side ØB

12.7mm

6.4mm

Indoor unit
TCJ
sensor
Air heat exchanger

Height difference (m)

TC sensor

Outdoor unit
at lower side

30

30

Refrigerant pipe
at gas side
Ø12.7

Height difference

Outdoor unit
at upper side

Refrigerant pipe
at liquid side
Ø6.4
Section shape
of heat insulator

Packed valve
Outer dia. ØA

Outdoor unit

Max.
30m

PMV
(Pulse Motor Valve)
(CAM-B30YGTF-2)

TS sensor
2-step muffler
Ø19 .05 × 200L

Min.
5m
Packed valve
Outer dia. ØB

TO sensor

TD sensor
Strainer
4-way valve
(STF-0108Z)

TE
sensor
Heat exchanger
Ø8 ripple, 2 rows,
14 steps
FP1.3 flat fin

Muffler
Ø19 × L160
Rotary compressor
(DA150A1F-20F)

Distributor

R410A 1.0 kg
Cooling
Heating
Pressure
(MPa)

Cooling

Heating

Pipe surface temperature (°C)

(kg/cm²G)

Pd

Ps

Pd

Ps

(TD)

(TS)

Indoor heat
exchanger
(TC)

Standard

3.50

0.97

35.7

9.9

85

14

12

48

70

Overload

3.90

1.08

39.8

11.0

93

26

17

54

70

Low load

1.90

0.70

19.4

7.1

48

7

5

30

Standard

2.31

0.61

13.6

6.2

87

5

40

1

Overload

2.86

0.89

29.2

9.1

86

17

47

Low load

1.86

0.25

19.0

2.6

69

–14

31

Discharge

Suction

Outdoor heat
exchanger
(TE)

Compressor
revolutions per
second (rps)

Indoor
fan

Indoor/Outdoor
temp. conditions
(DB/WB) (°C)
Indoor

Outdoor

HIGH

27/19

35/–

HIGH

32/24

43/–

50

LOW

18/15.5

–5/–

97

HIGH

20/–

7/6

11

95

LOW

28/–

24/18

–15

98

HIGH

15/–

–10/(70%)

*

* 4 poles are provided to this compressor.
The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.

– 31 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM803UT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E / RAV-SM803AT-E

Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe
Gas side ØA

Liquid side ØB

15.9mm

9.5mm

Indoor unit
TCJ
sensor
Air heat exchanger

Height difference (m)
Outdoor unit
at lower side

30

30

Refrigerant pipe
at gas side
Ø15.9

Height difference

Outdoor unit
at upper side

TC sensor

TS
sensor

Section shape
of heat insulator

Packed valve
Outer dia. ØA

2-step
muffler
Ø25 × 200L

TD
sensor

Refrigerant pipe
at liquid side
Ø9.5

Outdoor unit

Min.
5m
Packed valve
Outer dia. ØB

Max.
30m

PMV
(Pulse Motor Valve)
(CAM-B30YGTF-1)

TO sensor

Strainer
4-way valve
(STF-0213Z)

TE
sensor
Heat exchanger
Ø8 ripple, 2 rows,
20 steps
FP1.3 flat fin

Muffler
Ø19 × L160

Accumulator
(1000cc)
Rotary
compressor
(DA150A1F-20F)

Distributor

4 pass
R410A 1.6 kg
Cooling
Heating

Pressure
(MPa)

Cooling

Heating

Pipe surface temperature (°C)

(kg/cm²G)

Pd

Ps

Pd

Ps

(TD)

(TS)

Indoor heat
exchanger
(TC)

Standard

3.28

0.86

33.4

8.8

84

11

10

45

83

Overload

3.59

1.00

33.6

10.2

82

17

16

51

76

Low load

1.85

0.83

18.9

8.5

42

8

6

23

Standard

2.53

0.62

25.8

6.3

75

3

42

2

Overload

3.42

1.07

34.9

10.9

80

20

54

Low load

1.99

0.23

20.3

2.3

89

–19

34

Discharge

Suction

Outdoor heat
exchanger
(TE)

Compressor
revolutions per
second (rps)

Indoor
fan

Indoor/Outdoor
temp. conditions
(DB/WB) (°C)
Indoor

Outdoor

HIGH

27/19

35/–

HIGH

32/24

43/–

35

LOW

18/15.5

–5/–

95

HIGH

20/–

7/6

17

50

LOW

28/–

24/18

–18

120

HIGH

15/–

–10/(70%)

*

* 4 poles are provided to this compressor.
The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.

– 32 –

RAV-SM1103UT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E / RAV-SM1103AT-E

Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe
Gas side ØA

Liquid side ØB

15.9mm

9.5mm

Indoor unit
Distributor
(Strainer incorporated)

TCJ sensor
Strainer

Height difference (m)

Air heat exchanger

Outdoor unit
at lower side

30

30

TC sensor

Refrigerant pipe
at gas side Ø15.9

Height difference

Outdoor unit
at upper side

Refrigerant pipe
at liquid side Ø9.5
Section shape
of heat insulator
Min.
5m

Ball valve
Outer dia. ØA
Strainer

Max.
50m

Packed valve
Outer dia. ØB

Outdoor unit

PMV
(Pulse Motor Valve)
(UKV-25D22)

TS sensor
TO sensor
TD sensor

Strainer
4-way valve
(STF-0213Z)
Muffler

Accumulator
(2500cc)

Rotary
compressor
(DA420A3F – 21M)

TE
sensor

Heat exchanger
Outer side
Ø8, 2 rows, 20 steps
Ø25 × L210 FP1.3 flat fin
Inner side
Ø25 × L180
Ø9.52 row, 30 steps
FP1.5 flat fin

Distributor

R410A 2.8kg
Cooling
Heating

Pressure
(MPa)

Cooling

Heating

Pipe surface temperature (°C)

(kg/cm²G)

Discharge

Suction
(TS)

Indoor heat
exchanger
(TC)

Outdoor heat
exchanger
(TE)

Compressor
revolutions per
second (rps)

Pd

Ps

Pd

Ps

(TD)

Standard

3.44

0.92

35.1

9.4

82

8

10

39

47

Overload

3.73

1.18

38.1

12.0

82

15

17

48

42

Low load

1.49

0.70

15.2

7.1

39

8

3

22

Standard

2.80

0.61

28.6

6.2

80

0

46

1

Overload

3.43

1.08

35.0

11.0

82

14

55

Low load

2.20

0.25

22.4

2.6

76

–19

36

Indoor
fan

Indoor/Outdoor
temp. conditions
(DB/WB) (°C)
Indoor

Outdoor

HIGH

27/19

35/–

HIGH

32/24

43/–

30

LOW

18/15.5

–5/–

48

HIGH

20/–

7/6

13

24

LOW

30/–

24/18

–16

55

HIGH

15/–

–10/(70%)

*

* 4 poles are provided to this compressor.
The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.

– 33 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM1403UT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E / RAV-SM1403AT-E

Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe
Gas side ØA

Liquid side ØB

15.9mm

9.5mm

Indoor unit
Distributor
(Strainer incorporated)

TCJ sensor
Strainer

Height difference (m)

Air heat exchanger

Outdoor unit
at lower side

30

30

TC sensor

Refrigerant pipe
at gas side Ø15.9

Height difference

Outdoor unit
at upper side

Refrigerant pipe
at liquid side Ø9.5
Section shape
of heat insulator
Min.
5m

Ball valve
Outer dia. ØA
Strainer

Max.
50m

Packed valve
Outer dia. ØB

Outdoor unit

PMV
(Pulse Motor Valve)
(UKV-25D22)

TS sensor
TO sensor
TD sensor

Strainer
4-way valve
(STF-0213Z)
Muffler

Accumulator Rotary
(2500cc) compressor
(DA420A3F – 21M)

TE
sensor

Heat exchanger
Outer side
Ø8, 2 rows, 20 steps
Ø25 × L210 FP1.3 flat fin
Inner side
Ø25 × L180
Ø9.52 row, 30 steps
FP1.5 flat fin

Distributor

R410A 3.0kg
Cooling
Heating

Pressure
(MPa)

Cooling

Heating

Pipe surface temperature (°C)

(kg/cm²G)

Discharge

Suction
(TS)

Indoor heat
exchanger
(TC)

Outdoor heat
exchanger
(TE)

Compressor
revolutions per
second (rps)

Pd

Ps

Pd

Ps

(TD)

Standard

3.52

0.85

35.9

8.7

87

8

9

39

54

Overload

3.78

1.12

38.6

11.4

84

15

17

47

45

Low load

1.51

0.71

15.4

7.2

40

7

3

23

Standard

2.88

0.60

29.4

6.1

85

1

47

1

Overload

3.41

1.08

34.8

11.0

81

14

54

Low load

2.35

0.24

24.0

2.4

80

–19

40

Indoor
fan

Indoor/Outdoor
temp. conditions
(DB/WB) (°C)
Indoor

Outdoor

HIGH

27/19

35/–

HIGH

32/24

43/–

30

LOW

18/15.5

–5/–

61

HIGH

20/–

7/6

13

24

LOW

30/–

24/18

–16

73

HIGH

15/–

–10/(70%)

*

* 4 poles are provided to this compressor.
The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.

– 34 –

RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM562CT-E / RAV-SP562AT-E

Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe
Gas side ØA

Liquid side ØB

12.7mm

6.4mm

Indoor unit
TCJ
sensor
Air heat exchanger

Height difference (m)
Outdoor unit
at upper side

Outdoor unit
at lower side

30

15

TC sensor
* The refrigerating cycle of the indoor units differs according to
the models to be combined. For the refrigerating cycles of the
other indoor units, refer to the corresponding Service Manuals
described in the list on the cover.

Height
difference

Refrigerant pipe
at gas side
Outer dia. ØA

Refrigerant pipe
at liquid side
Outer dia. ØB

Section shape
of heat insulator
Packed valve
Outer dia. ØA

Min.
5m
Packed valve
Outer dia. ØB

Outdoor unit

Modulating
(PMV)
(CAM-B30YGTF-2)

Strainer

TS sensor

Max.
50m

TO sensor
TD sensor

Strainer
TE
sensor

4-way valve
Muffler (STF-0213Z)
Ø25 × L210
Ø25 × L160

Heat exchangerØ8
1 row 30 stages
FP1.3 flat fin

Capillary
Ø3×Ø2×
L530

Rotary compressor
(DA220A2F-20L1)
Accumulator
(1500cc)

R410A 1.5 kg
Cooling
Heating

Pressure
(MPa)

Cooling

Heating

Pipe surface temperature (°C)

Pd

Ps

(TD)

(TS)

Indoor heat
exchanger
(TC)

Standard

2.71

1.03

75

15

10

38

43

Overload

3.48

1.16

81

20

16

51

44

Low load

1.92

0.74

34

5

2

11

Standard

2.22

0.72

32

6

38

2

Overload

3.47

1.16

81

20

55

Low load

1.79

0.25

71

–16

30

Discharge

Suction

Outdoor heat
exchanger
(TE)

Compressor
revolutions per
second (rps)

Indoor
fan

Indoor/Outdoor
temp. conditions
(DB/WB) (°C)
Indoor

Outdoor

HIGH

27/19

35/–

HIGH

32/24

43/–

24

LOW

18/15.5

–5/–

41

HIGH

20/–

7/6

15

41

LOW

30/–

24/18

–18

70

HIGH

15/–

–15/(70%)

*

* 4 poles are provided to this compressor.
The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.

– 35 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM803UT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E / RAV-SP802AT-E

Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe
Gas side ØA

Liquid side ØB

15.9mm

9.5mm

Indoor unit
TCJ
sensor
Air heat exchanger

Height difference (m)
Outdoor unit
at upper side

Outdoor unit
at lower side

30

15

TC sensor
* The refrigerating cycle of the indoor units differs according to
the models to be combined. For the refrigerating cycles of the
other indoor units, refer to the corresponding Service Manuals
described in the list on the cover.

Height difference

Refrigerant pipe
at gas side
Outer dia. ØA

Packed valve
Outer dia. ØA

Refrigerant pipe
at liquid side
Outer dia. ØB

Section shape
of heat insulator

Min.
5m
Packed valve
Outer dia. ØB

Outdoor unit

Modulating
(PMV)
(CAM-B30YGTF-2)

Strainer

TS sensor

Max.
50m

TO sensor
TD sensor

Strainer
TE
sensor

4-way valve
Muffler (STF-0213Z)
Ø25 × L210
Ø25 × L160

Heat exchangerØ8
1 row 30 stages
FP1.3 flat fin

Capillary
Ø3×Ø2×
L530

Rotary compressor
(DA220A2F-20L1)
Accumulator
(1500cc)

R410A 2.1 kg
Cooling
Heating

Pressure
(MPa)

Cooling

Heating

Pipe surface temperature (°C)

Pd

Ps

(TD)

(TS)

Indoor heat
exchanger
(TC)

Standard

2.72

0.93

74

12

11

40

55

Overload

3.57

1.10

80

21

17

52

47

Low load

1.89

0.74

34

7

2

12

Standard

2.58

0.68

72

4

41

2

Overload

3.49

1.22

79

19

55

Low load

2.30

0.25

91

–17

37

Discharge

Suction

Outdoor heat
exchanger
(TE)

Compressor
revolutions per
second (rps)

Indoor
fan

Indoor/Outdoor
temp. conditions
(DB/WB) (°C)
Indoor

Outdoor

HIGH

27/19

35/–

HIGH

32/24

43/–

24

LOW

18/15.5

–5/–

62

HIGH

20/–

7/6

16

28

LOW

30/–

24/18

–19

90

HIGH

15/–

–15/(70%)

*

* 4 poles are provided to this compressor.
The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.

– 36 –

RAV-SP1102UT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E / RAV-SP1102AT-E

Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe
Gas side ØA

Liquid side ØB

15.9mm

9.5mm

Indoor unit
Distributor
(Strainer incorporated)

TCJ sensor
Strainer

Height difference (m)

Air heat exchanger

Outdoor unit
at upper side

Outdoor unit
at lower side

30

15

TC sensor
* The refrigerating cycle of the indoor units differs according to
the models to be combined. For the refrigerating cycles of the
other indoor units, refer to the corresponding Service Manuals
described in the list on the cover.

Height
difference

Refrigerant pipe at gas side
Outer dia. ØA

Refrigerant pipe at liquid side
Outer dia. ØB

Section shape
of heat insulator
Ball valve
Outer dia. ØA
Strainer
Check joint

TS sensor

Min.
5m
Packed valve
Outer dia. ØB

Outdoor unit

Max.
70m

PMV
(UKV-25D22)

TO sensor
TD sensor
Strainer

TE sensor
4-way valve
(STF-0401G)
Heat exchanger
2 row 52 stages
Outside :
Ø8 FP1.3 flat fin
Inside :
Ø9.52 FP1.5 flat fin

Muffler
Ø25 × L210

Accumulator
(2500cc)

Ø25 × L180
Rotary
compressor
(DA420A3F – 21M)

Distributor

R410A 2.95kg
Cooling
Heating

Pressure
(MPa)

Cooling

Heating

Pipe surface temperature (°C)

Pd

Ps

(TD)

(TS)

Indoor heat
exchanger
(TC)

Standard

2.55

0.98

69

12

10

40

40

Overload

3.28

1.08

82

17

16

48

50

Low load

1.76

0.76

47

8

5

27

Standard

2.58

0.73

68

3

40

3

Overload

3.43

1.18

75

20

56

Low load

2.10

0.32

88

–14

34

Discharge

Suction

Outdoor heat
exchanger
(TE)

Compressor
revolutions per
second (rps)

Indoor
fan

Indoor/Outdoor
temp. conditions
(DB/WB) (°C)
Indoor

Outdoor

HIGH

27/19

35/–

HIGH

32/24

43/–

24

LOW

18/15.5

–5/–

44

HIGH

20/–

7/6

16

24

LOW

30/–

24/18

–13

63

HIGH

15/–

–15/(70%)

*

* 4 poles are provided to this compressor.
The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.

– 37 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM1403UT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E / RAV-SP1402AT-E

Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe
Gas side ØA

Liquid side ØB

15.9mm

9.5mm

Indoor unit
Distributor
(Strainer incorporated)

TCJ sensor
Strainer

Height difference (m)

Air heat exchanger

Outdoor unit
at upper side

Outdoor unit
at lower side

30

15

TC sensor
* The refrigerating cycle of the indoor units differs according to
the models to be combined. For the refrigerating cycles of the
other indoor units, refer to the corresponding Service Manuals
described in the list on the cover.

Height
difference

Refrigerant pipe
at gas side
Outer dia. ØA

Ball valve
Outer dia. ØA
Strainer
Check joint

TS sensor

Refrigerant pipe
at liquid side
Outer dia. ØB

Section shape
of heat insulator

Min.
5m
Packed valve
Outer dia. ØB

Outdoor unit

Max.
70m

PMV
(UKV-25D22)

TO sensor
TD sensor
Strainer

TE sensor
4-way valve
(STF-0401G)
Muffler
Accumulator
(2500cc) Rotary
compressor
(DA420A3F – 21M)

Heat exchanger
2 row 52 stages
Outside :
Ø8 FP1.3 flat fin
Ø25 × L210 Inside :
Ø25 × L180 Ø9.52 FP1.5 flat fin

Distributor

R410A 2.95kg
Cooling
Heating

Pressure
(MPa)

Cooling

Heating

Pipe surface temperature (°C)

Pd

Ps

(TD)

(TS)

Indoor heat
exchanger
(TC)

Standard

2.76

0.91

74

11

9

39

53

Overload

3.46

1.03

82

17

16

48

51

Low load

1.77

0.78

48

9

6

27

Standard

2.65

0.69

75

3

43

3

Overload

3.33

1.08

74

19

55

Low load

2.50

0.22

98

–22

43

Discharge

Suction

Outdoor heat
exchanger
(TE)

Compressor
revolutions per
second (rps)

Indoor
fan

Indoor/Outdoor
temp. conditions
(DB/WB) (°C)
Indoor

Outdoor

HIGH

27/19

35/–

HIGH

32/24

43/–

24

LOW

18/15.5

–5/–

55

HIGH

20/–

7/6

15

24

LOW

30/–

24/18

–18

73

HIGH

15/–

–15/(70%)

*

* 4 poles are provided to this compressor.
The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.

– 38 –

5. WIRING DIAGRAM
5-1. Indoor Unit
5-1-1. 4-Way Air Discharge Cassette Type
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM803UT-E, RAV-SM1103UT-E, RAV-SM1403UT-E, RAV-SP1102UT-E

TA

FS

CN34
(RED)

3 3
2 2
1 1

LM1

5
4
3
2
1

LM2

5
4
3
2
1

5
4
3
2
1

5
4
3
2
1

5
4
3
2
1

5
4
3
2
1

TC
Connection interface (option)

1 2
1 2

1 2
1 2

1 2
1 2

1 2 3

1 2

1 2

CN104
(YEL)

CN102
(RED)

CN101
(BLK)

CN80
(GRN)

CN73
(RED)

CN70
(WHI)

(EXCT)

MCC-1402

5
4
3
2
1
CN33
(WHI)

5
4
3
2
1

TCJ

Control P.C. Board for
Indoor Unit

FM

Motor
drive
circuit

CN68 1 2 3
(BLU) 1 2 3

RY
303

1 2 3
CN304
(GRY)

~

3 3
2 2
BLK
1 1

Fuse
F301
250V~
T6.3A

P301

CN67 1 2 3 4 5
(BLK) 1 2 3 4 5

BLK 1 2
CN66
(WHI)

RED

DP

CN41
(BLU)

B
A

BLK

B
A

WHI

Wired Renote
Controller

Closed-end
connector

WHI

1 2 3
Indoor unit
earth screw

NOTE
: Fan motor
: Indoor temp. sensor
: Temp. sensor
: Temp. sensor
: Louver motor
: Drain pump motor
: Float switch
: Drain control relay

2 2 CN001
1 1 (WHI)

Adapter for
Wireless Remote
Controller

3
2 CN309
(YEL)
1

RED WHI BLK

FM
TA
TC
TCJ
LM1,LM2
DP
FS
RY302

U3 U4
Terminal for
central remote
controller

–

BLK

RY
302

1 2 CN40
1 2 (BLU)

6
5
4 CN60
3 (WHI)
2
1

WHI

+

~

1
2
3
4
5

5
4
P.C.
3 Board
2
1

BLK

CN334
(WHI)

1
2
3
4
5

5
4
3
2
1

6
5
4 CN61
3 (YEL)
2
1

Fuse
F302
T3.15A
250V~

5
4
3
2
1

5
4
3
2
1

(FAN DRIVE)

Power
supply
circuit

5
4
3
2
1

5
4
3
2
1

CN51
(RED)

2 CN32
1 (WHI)

DC20V
DC15V
DC12V
DC7V

CN333
(WHI)

CN50
(WHI)

1 2 3
Serial
signal
Single phase
220 to 240V
50Hz

L N

– 39 –

Outdoor unit
earth screw

Color
Identification
BLK
BLU
RED
GRY
PNK
GRN
WHI
BRN
ORN
YEL

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

BLACK
BLUE
RED
GRAY
PINK
GREEN
WHITE
BROWN
ORANGE
YELLOW

5-1-2. Concealed Duct Type
RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E

TA

FS

TCJ

TC

1 2
1 2

1 2
1 2

1 2
1 2

1 2 3

1 2

1 2

CN104
(YEL)

CN102
(RED)

CN101
(BLK)

CN80
(GRN)

CN73
(RED)

CN70
(WHI)

CN34
(RED)

(EXCT)

MCC-1402
Control P.C. Board for
Indoor Unit

3 3
2 2
1 1

CN33
(WHI)

DC20V
DC15V
DC12V
DC7V

5
4
3
2
1

FM

5
4
3
2
1

1
2
3
4
5

1
2
3
4
5

5
4
3
2
1

6
5
4 CN60
3 (WHI)
2
1

+

–

~

~

CN68 1 2 3
(BLU) 1 2 3

RY
303

1 2 3
CN304
(GRY)

1 2 CN40
1 2 (BLU)
U3 U4
Terminal for
central remote
controller

3
2 CN309
(YEL)
1
BLK

RY
302

5
4
P.C.
3 Board
2
1

6
5
4 CN61
3 (YEL)
2
1

Motor
drive
circuit

CN334
(WHI)

5
4
3
2
1

(FAN DRIVE)

Fuse
F302
T3.15A
250V~

5
4
3
2
1

5
4
3
2
1

CN51
(RED)

2 CN32
1 (WHI)

Power
supply
circuit

CN333
(WHI)

Connection interface (option)
CN50
(WHI)

3 3
2 2
BLK
1 1

Fuse
F301
250V~
T6.3A

P301

CN67 1 2 3 4 5
(BLK) 1 2 3 4 5

BLK 1 2

CN41
(BLU)

CN66
(WHI)

RED WHI BLK

B
A

BLK

B
A

WHI

Wired Renote
Controller

Capacitor

DP

RED

Closed-end
connector

1 2 3
1 2 3

WHI

1 2 3

Reactor
Indoor unit
earth screw

NOTE
FM
TA
TC
TCJ
DP
FS
RY302

: Fan motor
: Indoor temp. sensor
: Temp. sensor
: Temp. sensor
: Drain pump motor
: Float switch
: Drain control relay

1 2 3
Outdoor unit
earth screw
Serial
signal
Single phase 220V, 50Hz

L N

– 40 –

Color
Identification
BLK
BLU
RED
GRY
PNK
GRN
WHI
BRN
ORN
YEL

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

BLACK
BLUE
RED
GRAY
PINK
GREEN
WHITE
BROWN
ORANGE
YELLOW

5-1-3. Under Ceiling Type
RAV-SM562CT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E

TA

FS

TC

TCJ

1 2
1 2

1 2
1 2

1 2
1 2

1 2 3

1 2

1 2

CN104
(YEL)

CN102
(RED)

CN101
(BLK)

CN80
(GRN)

CN73
(RED)

CN70
(WHI)

CN34
(RED)

(EXCT)

MCC-1402
Control P.C. Board for
Indoor Unit

3 3
2 2
1 1

CN33
(WHI)

LM

5
4
3
2
1

5
4
3
2
1

5
4
3
2
1

DC20V
DC15V
DC12V
DC7V

5
4
3
2
1

FM

5
4
3
2
1

5
4
3
2
1

5
4
3
2
1

6
5
4 CN60
3 (WHI)
2
1

5
4
P.C.
3 Board
2
1
1 2 CN40
1 2 (BLU)
U3 U4
Terminal for
central remote
controller

(FAN DRIVE)

6
5
4 CN61
3 (YEL)
2
1

Fuse
F302
T3.15A
250V~

5
4
3
2
1

5
4
3
2
1

CN51
(RED)

2 CN32
1 (WHI)

Power
supply
circuit

CN333
(WHI)

Connection interface (option)
CN50
(WHI)

Motor
drive
circuit

BLK

+

2 2 CN001
1 1 (WHI)

–
WHI

CN334
(WHI)

1
2
3
4
5

~

1
2
3
4
5

BLK

RY
302
CN68 1 2 3
(BLU) 1 2 3

RY
303

1 2 3
CN304
(GRY)

Adapter for
Wireless Remote
Controller

3
2 CN309
(YEL)
1

~

3 3
2 2
BLK
1 1

Fuse
F301
250V~
T6.3A

P301

CN67 1 2 3 4 5
(BLK) 1 2 3 4 5

BLK 1 2
CN66
(WHI)

RED WHI BLK

CN41
(BLU)

B
A

BLK

B
A

WHI

Wired Renote
Controller

Capacitor

DP

RED

Closed-end
connector

1 2 3
1 2 3

WHI

1 2 3
NOTE
FM
TA
TC
TCJ
LM
DP
FS
RY302

: Fan motor
: Indoor temp. sensor
: Temp. sensor
: Temp. sensor
: Louver motor
: Drain pump motor
: Float switch
: Drain control relay

Reactor
Indoor unit
earth screw

1 2 3
Outdoor unit
earth screw
Serial
signal
Single phase 220V, 50Hz

L N

– 41 –

Color
Identification
BLK
BLU
RED
GRY
PNK
GRN
WHI
BRN
ORN
YEL

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

BLACK
BLUE
RED
GRAY
PINK
GREEN
WHITE
BROWN
ORANGE
YELLOW

CN300

P04
P05
P06

Q200~205
IGBT
R221

YEL

P24
P23

R220

R320

YEL

R219

R319

BRN

P22
P21

YEL

P20
P35

Fan motor

6
5
4
3
CN700
2
1

F03
Fuse
T3.15A
AC250V

C13

DB01

CN603

CN602

Power
relay
DB02

Relay

Color Identification
BLK
BLU
RED
GRY
PNK

:
:
:
:
:

BLACK
BLUE
RED
GRAY
PINK

WHI
BRN
ORN
YEL
PUR

:
:
:
:
:

WHITE
BROWN
ORANGE
YELLOW
PURPLE

CN701
P31

PUR

P30

2 1
2 1

P7

1
1

3
3

BLK

Coil for
4-WAY
VALVE

1 2 3
1 2 3

WHI

P32

BLK

P33

1 2 3 CN605
1 2 3 BLK

Reactor

SW802
Reactor
MCC-1530
Sub P.C. Board

1 2 3 4 5
For optional P.C. Board

Fuse 250V~
T6.3A

GRN/YEL

RED

WHI

Compressor
Pulse motor valve
Fan motor
Heat exchanger Temp. Sensor
Discharge Temp. Sensor
Outdoor Temp. Sensor
Suction Temp. Sensor
Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor
Rectifier
Curreut Transformer

1 2 3 L N
To indoor

2 2
1 1

P02
WHI CN806

P03 P10
ORN BLK

ORN

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

Q404

3 3
2
1 1

(Outdoor
temp. sensor)

TD

CN600

WHI

CM
PMV
FM
TE
TD
TO
TS
IGBT
DB
CT

CN601

F01
Fuse
T25A
AC250V

2 2
1 1 P08
Reactor

NOTE

2 2
1 1

(Suction pipe
temp. sensor)

TO

CT

P18
P11

Pulse motor valve

3 3
2
1 1

Varistor

ORN

RED
WHI
BLK

– 42 –

P19

PMV

TS

Surge
absorber

C12 C14

The 4-way valve coil is turned on
while the cooling operation

6
5
4
3
2
1

Varistor

L01

RED

P34

L03

FM

R321

P25

CAUTION : HIGH VOLTAGE
The high voltage circuit is
incorporated.
Be careful to do the check service,
as the electric shock may be
caused in case of touching
parts on the
P.C. board by hand

Q300~305
MOS-FET

P.C. Board
(MCC-5009)

3 3 BLK
2 2 WHI
1 1 RED

Power supply
220-240V~ 50Hz

(Discharge pipe
temp. sensor)

TE

(Condenser pipe
temp. sensor)

5-2. Outdoor Unit (Wiring Diagram)

CM

1 1 RED
2 2 WHI
3 3 BLK

RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E

Compressor

P24
RED
P21 BRN
P29
ORN

P17

P19

BLU

P20

YEL

~

P18

~

F01 Fuse
T25A, 250V~

IGBT MODULE

RY01
F02
Fuse
T25A, 250V~

WHI

CN02

P.C. board
(MCC-1438)

Power factor
control

CN03

CN09 RED
CN10 WHI
CN11 BLK
W V U

BLK

3

YEL

BLU

PNK
RED
BLU
WHI
BLK
WHI

BLK

2

To indoor unit

TE

TO

TD

1
3
1 2 3

1 2
1 2

1 2
1 2

1
3
1 2 3

PMV

FM

Pulse motor valve

Fan motor

1 2 3 4 5 CN300
1 2 3 4 5 WHI

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CN801

CN500
BLU
ORN
2 2
1 1
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
1 1

Optional
P.C. board
MCC-1522

Compressor

CN605 CN604 CN601 CN600
WHI WHI
WHI
WHI

Fuse
F300
T5A,
250V

3 3

Power supply
220-240V~ 50Hz

TH

Fan motor drive circuit

RED

1

3
3

SUB P.C. board
(MCC-1531)

1 2 3 4 5 6 CN702 CN301 1 2 3
WHI 1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 WHI

WHI

L N

5 5

1 2 3 4 5 CN800 CN03 1
1 2 3 4 5 RED WHI 1

TS

CN804
BLU

Thermostat for
compressor
49C

3 3

1
CN04
1 2 WHI

3 CN600 1 2
BLK 1 2
3

ORN

WHI

Fuse
T6.3A,
250V~

F01 Fuse
T3.15A 250V~
Serial
communication
circuit

1 2 3 4 5 CN06 CN04 1
1 2 3 4 5 RED WHI 1

PNK
GRY

CN02 BLK
1 1

RED

5 CN01
5 RED

1 2 CN05
WHI
1

YEL

3

CN700 YEL
BLU
Coil for
1 1
4-WAY
RY300
20SF
Valve
BLU
3 3
RED

5 CN13
5 RED

BLK

– 43 –

RED

3

ORN

BLK

CM
1
1

1
1

RED

~

P28 GRY

1 2
1 2

RED

CN01

1 2
1 2

P12 GRY
GRY
P13

WHI : WHITE
BRN : BROWN
ORN : ORANGE
YEL : YELLOW
PUR : PURPLE

P08 WHI
WHI
P09

BLK : BLACK
BLU : BLUE
RED : RED
GRY : GRAY
PNK : PINK

RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E

Reactor Reactor

Color Identification

NOTE
CM
PMV
FM
TE
TH
TD
TO
TS
IGBT

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

Compressor
Pulse motor valve
Fan motor
Heat exchanger Temp. Sensor
Temp. Sensor
Discharge Temp. Sensor
Outdoor Temp. Sensor
Suction Temp. Sensor
Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor

P24
RED
P21 BRN
P29
ORN

P18

P17

P20

IGBT MODULE

RED

F02
Fuse
T25A, 250V~

WHI

P.C. board
(MCC-1438)

Power factor
control

CN03

CN20 RED
CN21 WHI
CN22 BLK
W V U

L N

Power supply
220-240V~ 50Hz

BLU

SUB P.C. board
(MCC-1531)

1 2

TE

TO

TD

1
3
1 2 3

1 2
1 2

1 2
1 2

1
3
1 2 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 CN702 CN301 1 2 3
WHI 1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 WHI

PMV

FM

Pulse motor valve

Fan motor

Compressor

CN607 CN606 CN605 CN604 CN601 CN600
WHI WHI
WHI
YEL RED
WHI
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CN801

CN500
BLU
ORN
2 2
1 1

ORN

Fan motor drive circuit

Fuse
F300
T5A,
250V

1 2

TS

1 2 3 4 5 CN300
1 2 3 4 5 WHI

Thermostat for
compressor

49C

YEL

PNK
RED
BLU
WHI
BLK

BLK

3
3

RY300
F01 Fuse
T3.15A 250V~
Serial
communication
circuit

3
3

1 2 3 4 5 CN800 CN03 1
1 2 3 4 5 RED WHI 1

PNK
GRY

5 5
GRN/YEL

WHI

RED
WHI

RED

BLK

WHI

To indoor unit

3

1
CN04
1 2 WHI

YEL

RED

3 3

2

5 CN01
5 RED

3 3

CN02
BLK
1 1

Fuse
T6.3A,
250V~

3

1 2 3 4 5 CN06 CN04 1
1 2 3 4 5 RED WHI 1

BLK

RED
Reactor

1
1

1 2 CN05
WHI
1

WHI

CN700
YEL
RED
1 1

5 CN13
5 RED

RED

1
1

3

RED

BLU

BLU

– 44 –

3
3

1
1

ORN

BLK

CM
Coil for
4-WAY 20SF
Valve

RED
WHI

BLU

RY01

CN02

RED

YEL

~

F01 Fuse
T25A, 250V~

CN01

1

~

P19

1 2
1 2

~

P28 GRY

1 2
1 2

P12 GRY
GRY
P13

WHI : WHITE
BRN : BROWN
ORN : ORANGE
YEL : YELLOW
PUR : PURPLE

P08 WHI
WHI
P09

BLK : BLACK
BLU : BLUE
RED : RED
GRY : GRAY
PNK : PINK

RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E

Reactor Reactor

Color Identification

NOTE
CM
PMV
FM
TE
TD
TO
TS
IGBT

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

Compressor
Pulse motor valve
Fan motor
Heat exchanger Temp. Sensor
Discharge Temp. Sensor
Outdoor Temp. Sensor
Suction Temp. Sensor
Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor

Power supply
220-240V~ 50Hz

P18

P17

P20

P19
YEL

BLU

CN10 WHI
CN11 BLK
W V U

3
3

1 2

1 2

1
3
1 2 3

1 2
1 2

1 2
1 2

1
3
1 2 3

PMV

FM

FM

Pulse motor valve

Fan motor

Fan motor

Compressor

PNK
GRY

Thermostat for
compressor
49C

CN500
BLU
ORN
2 2
1 1

1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
YEL

BLK

CN303 1 2 3
WHI 1 2 3
WHI

TD

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CN801

CN302
WHI

RED

PNK
GRY

WHI

TO

CN607 CN606 CN605 CN604 CN601 CN600
YEL RED
WHI
WHI WHI
WHI

Fuse
F300
T5A,
250V

CN300
WHI
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5

TE

TH

Fan motor drive circuit

1 2 3 4 5 6 CN702 CN301 1 2 3
WHI 1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 WHI

TS

ORN

PNK
RED
BLU
WHI
BLK

3 CN600 1 2
BLK 1 2
3

1 2 3 4 5 CN800 CN03 1
1 2 3 4 5 RED WHI 1

SUB P.C. board
(MCC-1531)

BLK

L N

1
CN04
1 2 WHI

RED

GRN/YEL

1 2 3 4 5 CN06 CN04 1
1 2 3 4 5 RED WHI 1

YEL

5 CN01
5 RED

1 2 CN05
WHI
1
ORN

RED
WHI

RED
WHI

RED

BLK

5 CN13
5 RED

3
CN700 YEL
BLU
1 1
RY300
20SF BLU
3 3
Coil for
4-WAY CN02 F01 Fuse
BLK T3.15A 250V~
Valve
1 1
Serial
commu3 3
nication
circuit
5 5

RED

3

3

BLK

BLK

– 45 –
WHI

IGBT MODULE

RED
WHI

CN09 RED

CM
1
1

Fuse
T6.3A,
250V~
RED
WHI

P.C. board
(MCC-1438)

Power factor
control

1
1

RED

BLU

F02
Fuse
T25A, 250V~

CN03

To indoor unit

YEL

~

RY01

CN02

2

~

F01 Fuse
T25A, 250V~

CN01

1

~

P28 GRY

1 2
1 2

P24
RED
P21 BRN
P29
ORN

1 2
1 2

P12 GRY
GRY
P13

WHI : WHITE
BRN : BROWN
ORN : ORANGE
YEL : YELLOW
PUR : PURPLE

P08 WHI
WHI
P09

BLK : BLACK
BLU : BLUE
RED : RED
GRY : GRAY
PNK : PINK

RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E

Reactor Reactor

Color Identification

NOTE
CM
PMV
FM
TE
TH
TD
TO
TS
IGBT

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

Compressor
Pulse motor valve
Fan motor
Heat exchanger Temp. Sensor
Temp. Sensor
Discharge Temp. Sensor
Outdoor Temp. Sensor
Suction Temp. Sensor
Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor

6. SPECIFICATIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS
6-1. Indoor Unit
6-1-1. 4-Way Air Discharge Cassette Type
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM803UT-E
No.

Parts name

1

Fan motor (for indoor)

2

Thermo. sensor (TA-sensor)

3

Type
SWF-230-60-1R

Specifications
Output (Rated) 60 W, 220–240 V

155 mm

10 kΩ at 25°C

Heat exchanger sensor (TCJ-sensor)

Ø6 mm, 1200 mm

10 kΩ at 25°C

4

Heat exchanger sensor (TC-sensor)

Ø6 mm, 1200 mm

10 kΩ at 25°C

5

Float switch

6

Drain pump motor

FS-0218-102
ADP-1409

RAV-SM1103UT-E, RAV-SM1403UT-E, RAV-SP1102UT-E
No.

Parts name

1

Fan motor

2

Thermo. sensor (TA-sensor)

3

Type
SWF-200-90-1R

Specifications
Output (Rated) 90 W

155 mm

10 kΩ at 25°C

Heat exchanger sensor (TCJ-sensor)

Ø6 mm, 1200 mm

10 kΩ at 25°C

4

Heat exchanger sensor (TC-sensor)

Ø6 mm, 1200 mm

10 kΩ at 25°C

5

Float switch

6

Drain pump motor

FS-0218-102
ADP-1409

– 46 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
6-1-2. Concealed Duct Type
RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E
No.

Parts name

Type

Specifications

1

Fan motor (SM802BT-E)

ICF-280-120-1B

Output (Rated) 120 W, 220–240 V

2

Fan motor
(SM562BT-E/SM1102BT-E/SM1402BT-E)

ICF-280-120-2B

Output (Rated) 120 W, 220–240 V

3

Thermo. sensor (TA-sensor)

4

618 mm

10 kΩ at 25°C

Heat exchanger sensor (TCJ-sensor)

Ø6 mm, 1200 mm

10 kΩ at 25°C

5

Heat exchanger sensor (TC-sensor)

Ø6 mm, 1200 mm

10 kΩ at 25°C

6

Float switch

7

Drain pump motor

8

Reactor

FS-0218-102
ADP-1409
CH-43-2Z-T

10 mH, 1 A

6-1-3. Under Ceiling Type
RAV-SM562CT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E
Parts name

No.

Type

Specifications

1

Fan motor (SM562CT-E)

SWF-280-60-1R

Output (Rated) 60 W, 220–240 V

2

Fan motor (SM802CT-E)

SWF-280-60-2R

Output (Rated) 60 W, 220–240 V

3

Fan motor (SM1102CT-E/SM1402CT-E)

SWF-280-120-2R

Output (Rated) 120 W, 220–240 V

4

Thermo. sensor (TA-sensor)

5

155 mm

10 kΩ at 25°C

Heat exchanger sensor (TCJ-sensor)

Ø6 mm, 1200 mm

10 kΩ at 25°C

6

Heat exchanger sensor (TC-sensor)

Ø6 mm, 1200 mm

10 kΩ at 25°C

7

Louver motor

8

Reactor

MP24Z2N
CH-43-2Z-T

– 47 –

DC 15 V
10 mH, 1 A

Revised : Mar. 2007
6-2. Outdoor Unit
RAV-SM563AT-E
No.

Parts name

Type

Specifications

1

Fan motor

ICF-140-43-4R

Output (Rated) 43 W

2

Compressor

DA150A1F-20F

3 phase, 4P, 1100 W

3

Reactor

4

Outdoor temp. sensor (To-sensor)

—

10 kΩ at 25°C

5

Heat exchanger sensor (Te-sensor)

—

10 kΩ at 25°C

6

Suction temp. sensor (Ts-sensor)

—

10 kΩ at 25°C

7

Discharge temp. sensor (Td-sensor)

—

50 kΩ at 25°C

8

Fuse (Switching power (Protect))

—

T3.15 A, AC 250 V

9

Fuse (Inverter, input (Current protect)

—

25 A, AC 250 V

10

4-way valve solenoid coil

11

Compressor thermo. (Protection)

12

Coil (Pulse Motor Valve)

CH-57

10 mH, 16A

STF-01AJ502E1
US-622

—
OFF : 125 ± 4°C, ON : 90 ± 5°C

CAM-MD12TF-6

—

Type

Specifications

RAV-SM803AT-E
No.

Parts name

1

Fan motor

ICF-140-43-4R

Output (Rated) 43 W

2

Compressor

DA150A1F-20F

3 phase, 4P, 1100 W

3

Reactor

4

Outdoor temp. sensor (To-sensor)

—

10 kΩ at 25°C

5

Heat exchanger sensor (Te-sensor)

—

10 kΩ at 25°C

6

Suction temp. sensor (Ts-sensor)

—

10 kΩ at 25°C

7

Discharge temp. sensor (Td-sensor)

—

50 kΩ at 25°C

8

Fuse (Switching power (Protect))

—

T3.15 A, AC 250 V

—

25 A, AC 250 V

STF-01AJ502E1

AC 220 – 240 V

CH-57

9

Fuse (Inverter, input (Current protect))

10

4-way valve solenoid coil

11

Compressor thermo. (Protection)

12

Coil (Pulse Motor Valve)

US-622

10 mH, 16 A

OFF : 125 ± 4°C, ON : 90 ± 5°C

CAM-MD12TF-6

—

RAV-SM1103AT-E
No.

Parts name

Type

Specifications

1

Fan motor

ICF-280-100-1R

Output (Rated) 100 W

2

Compressor

DA420A3F-21M

3 phase, 4P, 2000 W

3

Reactor

4
5

CH-62

6 mH, 18.5 A

Outdoor temp. sensor (To-sensor)

—

10 kΩ at 25°C

Heat exchanger sensor (Te-sensor)

—

10 kΩ at 25°C

6

Suction temp. sensor (Ts-sensor)

—

10 kΩ at 25°C

7

Discharge temp. sensor (Td-sensor)

—

50 kΩ at 25°C

8

Fuse (Switching power (Protect))

—

T3.15 A, AC 250 V

9

Fuse (Inverter, input (Current protect)

—

25 A, AC 250 V

10

4-way valve solenoid coil

STF-01AJ502E1

AC 220 – 240 V

11

Compressor thermo. (Protection)

12

Coil (Pulse Motor Valve)

US-622
UKV-U048E

– 48 –

OFF : 125 ± 4°C, ON : 90 ± 5°C
—

Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM1403AT-E
No.

Parts name

Type

Specifications

1

Fan motor

ICF-280-100-1R

Output (Rated) 100 W

2

Compressor

DA420A3F-21M

3 phase, 4P, 3500 W

3

Reactor

CH-62

6 mH, 18.5 A

4

Outdoor temp. sensor (To-sensor)

—

10 kΩ at 25°C

5

Heat exchanger sensor (Te-sensor)

—

10 kΩ at 25°C

6

Suction temp. sensor (Ts-sensor)

—

10 kΩ at 25°C

7

Discharge temp. sensor (Td-sensor)

—

50 kΩ at 25°C

8

Fuse (Switching power (Protect))

—

T3.15 A, AC 250 V

9

Fuse (Inverter, input (Current protect))

—

25 A, AC 250 V

10

4-way valve solenoid coil

VHV-01AJ503C1

AC 220 – 240 V

11

Compressor thermo. (Protection)

12

Coil (Pulse Motor Valve)

US-622

OFF : 125 ± 4°C, ON : 90 ± 5°C

UKV-U048E

—

Type

Specifications

RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E
No.

Parts name

1

Fan motor

ICF-140-63-2R

Output (Rated) 63 W

2

Compressor

DA220A2F-20L1

3 phase, 4P, 2000 W

3

Reactor

4

Outdoor temp. sensor (To-sensor)

—

10 kΩ at 25°C

5

Heat exchanger sensor (Te-sensor)

—

10 kΩ at 25°C

6

Suction temp. sensor (Ts-sensor)

—

10 kΩ at 25°C

7

Discharge temp. sensor (Td-sensor)

—

50 kΩ at 25°C

8

Fuse (Switching power (Protect))

—

T3.15 A, AC 250 V

9

Fuse (Inverter, input (Current protect))

—

25 A, AC 250 V

10

4-way valve solenoid coil

11

Compressor thermo. (Protection)

12

Coil (Pulse Motor Valve)

13

Reactor

CH-47

8 mH, 16 A

VHV-01AJ503C1
US-622

OFF : 125 ± 4°C, ON : 90 ± 5°C

CAM-MD12TF-8
CH-43

10 mH, 1 A

RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E
No.

Parts name

Type

Specifications

1

Fan motor

ICF-140-63-2R

Output (Rated) 63 W

2

Compressor

DA420A3F-21M

3 phase, 4P, 3500 W

3

Reactor

4
5

CH-62

6 mH, 18.5 A

Outdoor temp. sensor (To-sensor)

—

10 kΩ at 25°C

Heat exchanger sensor (Te-sensor)

—

10 kΩ at 25°C

6

Suction temp. sensor (Ts-sensor)

—

10 kΩ at 25°C

7

Discharge temp. sensor (Td-sensor)

—

50 kΩ at 25°C

8

Fuse (Switching power (Protect))

—

T3.15 A, AC 250 V

9

Fuse (Inverter, input (Current protect))

—

25 A, AC 250 V

10

4-way valve solenoid coil

11

Compressor thermo. (Protection)

12

Coil (Pulse Motor Valve)

VHV-01AJ502E1
US-622
UKV-U011E

– 49 –

AC 220 V
OFF : 125 ± 4°C, ON : 90 ± 5°C
—

Revised : Mar. 2007
6-3. Accessory Separate Soldparts
TCB-DP22CE2 (Drain up kit)
RAV-SM562CT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E
No.

Parts name

1

Float switch

2

Drain pump motor

Type

Specifications

FS-0218-102
ADP-1415

RBC-U21PG (W) -E2 (Ceiling panel)
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM803UT-E, RAV-SM1103UT-E, RAV-SM1403UT-E / RAV-SP1102UT-E
No.
1

Parts name
Motor-louver

Type
MP24ZN

2

– 50 –

Specifications
DC 12 V

7. REFRIGERANT R410A
This air conditioner adopts the new refrigerant HFC
(R410A) which does not damage the ozone layer.
The working pressure of the new refrigerant R410A
is 1.6 times higher than conventional refrigerant
(R22). The refrigerating oil is also changed in
accordance with change of refrigerant, so be careful
that water, dust, and existing refrigerant or refrigerating oil are not entered in the refrigerant cycle of
the air conditioner using the new refrigerant during
installation work or servicing time.
The next section describes the precautions for air
conditioner using the new refrigerant. Conforming to
contents of the next section together with the
general cautions included in this manual, perform
the correct and safe work.

7-1. Safety During Installation/Servicing
As R410A’s pressure is about 1.6 times higher than
that of R22, improper installation/servicing may
cause a serious trouble. By using tools and materials exclusive for R410A, it is necessary to carry out
installation/servicing safely while taking the following
precautions into consideration.
1. Never use refrigerant other than R410A in an air
conditioner which is designed to operate with
R410A.
If other refrigerant than R410A is mixed, pressure
in the refrigeration cycle becomes abnormally
high, and it may cause personal injury, etc. by a
rupture.
2. Confirm the used refrigerant name, and use tools
and materials exclusive for the refrigerant R410A.
The refrigerant name R410A is indicated on the
visible place of the outdoor unit of the air conditioner using R410A as refrigerant. To prevent
mischarging, the diameter of the service port
differs from that of R22.
3. If a refrigeration gas leakage occurs during
installation/servicing, be sure to ventilate fully.
If the refrigerant gas comes into contact with fire,
a poisonous gas may occur.
4. When installing or removing an air conditioner,
do not allow air or moisture to remain in the
refrigeration cycle. Otherwise, pressure in the
refrigeration cycle may become abnormally high
so that a rupture or personal injury may be
caused.
5. After completion of installation work, check to
make sure that there is no refrigeration gas
leakage.
If the refrigerant gas leaks into the room, coming
into contact with fire in the fan-driven heater,
space heater, etc., a poisonous gas may occur.

6. When an air conditioning system charged with a
large volume of refrigerant is installed in a small
room, it is necessary to exercise care so that,
even when refrigerant leaks, its concentration
does not exceed the marginal level.
If the refrigerant gas leakage occurs and its
concentration exceeds the marginal level, an
oxygen starvation accident may result.
7. Be sure to carry out installation or removal
according to the installation manual.
Improper installation may cause refrigeration
trouble, water leakage, electric shock, fire, etc.
8. Unauthorized modifications to the air conditioner
may be dangerous. If a breakdown occurs please
call a qualified air conditioner technician or
electrician.
Improper repair’s may result in water leakage,
electric shock and fire, etc.

7-2. Refrigerant Piping Installation
7-2-1. Piping Materials and Joints Used
For the refrigerant piping installation, copper pipes
and joints are mainly used. Copper pipes and joints
suitable for the refrigerant must be chosen and
installed. Furthermore, it is necessary to use clean
copper pipes and joints whose interior surfaces are
less affected by contaminants.
1. Copper Pipes
It is necessary to use seamless copper pipes
which are made of either copper or copper alloy
and it is desirable that the amount of residual oil
is less than 40 mg/10 m. Do not use copper
pipes having a collapsed, deformed or discolored
portion (especially on the interior surface).
Otherwise, the expansion valve or capillary tube
may become blocked with contaminants.
As an air conditioner using R410A incurs pressure higher than when using R22, it is necessary
to choose adequate materials.
Thicknesses of copper pipes used with R410A
are as shown in Table 7-2-1. Never use copper
pipes thinner than 0.8 mm even when it is
available on the market.

NOTE:
Refer to the “7-6. Instructions for Re-use Piping
of R22 or R407C”.

– 51 –

Table 7-2-1 Thicknesses of annealed copper pipes
Thickness (mm)
Nominal diameter

Outer diameter (mm)

R410A

R22

1/4

6.4

0.80

0.80

3/8

9.5

0.80

0.80

1/2

12.7

0.80

0.80

5/8

15.9

1.00

1.00

1. Joints
For copper pipes, flare joints or socket joints are used. Prior to use, be sure to remove all contaminants.
a) Flare Joints
Flare joints used to connect the copper pipes cannot be used for pipings whose outer diameter exceeds
20 mm. In such a case, socket joints can be used.
Sizes of flare pipe ends, flare joint ends and flare nuts are as shown in Tables 7-2-3 to 7-2-6 below.
b) Socket Joints
Socket joints are such that they are brazed for connections, and used mainly for thick pipings whose
diameter is larger than 20 mm. Thicknesses of socket joints are as shown in Table 7-2-2.

Table 7-2-2 Minimum thicknesses of socket joints
Nominal diameter

Reference outer diameter of
copper pipe jointed (mm)

Minimum joint thickness
(mm)

1/4

6.4

0.50

3/8

9.5

0.60

1/2

12.7

0.70

5/8

15.9

0.80

7-2-2. Processing of Piping Materials
When performing the refrigerant piping installation, care should be taken to ensure that water or dust does not
enter the pipe interior, that no other oil other than lubricating oils used in the installed air conditioner is used,
and that refrigerant does not leak. When using lubricating oils in the piping processing, use such lubricating oils
whose water content has been removed. When stored, be sure to seal the container with an airtight cap or any
other cover.
1. Flare Processing Procedures and Precautions
a) Cutting the Pipe
By means of a pipe cutter, slowly cut the pipe so that it is not deformed.
b) Removing Burrs and Chips
If the flared section has chips or burrs, refrigerant leakage may occur.
Carefully remove all burrs and clean the cut surface before installation.

– 52 –

c) Insertion of Flare Nut
d) Flare Processing
Make certain that a clamp bar and copper pipe have been cleaned.
By means of the clamp bar, perform the flare processing correctly.
Use either a flare tool for R410A or conventional flare tool.
Flare processing dimensions differ according
to the type of flare tool.
When using a conventional flare tool, be sure
to secure “dimension A” by using a gauge for
size adjustment.

ØD
A

Fig. 7-2-1 Flare processing dimensions
Table 7-2-3 Dimensions related to flare processing for R410A
A (mm)
Nominal
diameter

Outer
diameter
(mm)

Thickness
(mm)

Flare tool for

Conventional flare tool

R410A clutch type

Clutch type

Wing nut type

1/4

6.4

0.8

0 to 0.5

1.0 to 1.5

1.5 to 2.0

3/8

9.5

0.8

0 to 0.5

1.0 to 1.5

1.5 to 2.0

1/2

12.7

0.8

0 to 0.5

1.0 to 1.5

2.0 to 2.5

5/8

15.9

1.0

0 to 0.5

1.0 to 1.5

2.0 to 2.5

Table 7-2-4 Dimensions related to flare processing for R22
A (mm)
Nominal
diameter

Outer
diameter
(mm)

Thickness
(mm)

Flare tool for

Conventional flare tool

R22 clutch type

Clutch type

Wing nut type

1/4

6.4

0.8

0 to 0.5

0.5 to 1.0

1.0 to 1.5

3/8

9.5

0.8

0 to 0.5

0.5 to 1.0

1.0 to 1.5

1/2

12.7

0.8

0 to 0.5

0.5 to 1.0

1.5 to 2.0

5/8

15.9

1.0

0 to 0.5

0.5 to 1.0

1.5 to 2.0

Table 7-2-5 Flare and flare nut dimensions for R410A
Nominal
diameter

Outer diameter
(mm)

Thickness
(mm)

1/4

6.4

3/8

Dimension (mm)

Flare nut
width (mm)

A

B

C

D

0.8

9.1

9.2

6.5

13

17

9.5

0.8

13.2

13.5

9.7

20

22

1/2

12.7

0.8

16.6

16.0

12.9

23

26

5/8

15.9

1.0

19.7

19.0

16.0

25

29

– 53 –

Table 7-2-6 Flare and flare nut dimensions for R22
Nominal
diameter

Outer diameter
(mm)

Thickness
(mm)

1/4

6.4

3/8

Dimension (mm)

Flare nut width
(mm)

A

B

C

D

0.8

9.0

9.2

6.5

13

17

9.5

0.8

13.0

13.5

9.7

20

22

1/2

12.7

0.8

16.2

16.0

12.9

20

24

5/8

15.9

1.0

19.4

19.0

16.0

23

27

3/4

19.0

1.0

23.3

24.0

19.2

34

36

6˚

to 4

45˚

B

A

C

43˚

D

to 4

5˚

Fig. 7-2-2 Relations between flare nut and flare seal surface

2. Flare Connecting Procedures and Precautions
a) Make sure that the flare and union portions do not have any scar or dust, etc.
b) Correctly align the processed flare surface with the union axis.
c) Tighten the flare with designated torque by means of a torque wrench. The tightening torque for R410A is
the same as that for conventional R22. Incidentally, when the torque is weak, the gas leakage may occur.
When it is strong, the flare nut may crack and may be made non-removable. When choosing the tightening torque, comply with values designated by manufacturers. Table 7-2-7 shows reference values.

NOTE:
When applying oil to the flare surface, be sure to use oil designated by the manufacturer. If any other oil is used,
the lubricating oils may deteriorate and cause the compressor to burn out.

Table 7-2-7 Tightening torque of flare for R410A [Reference values]
Nominal
diameter

Outer diameter
(mm)

Tightening torque
N•m (kgf•m)

Tightening torque of torque
wrenches available on the market
N•m (kgf•m)

1/4

6.4

14 to 18 (1.4 to 1.8)

16 (1.6), 18 (1.8)

3/8

9.5

33 to 42 (3.3 to 4.2)

42 (4.2)

1/2

12.7

50 to 62 (5.0 to 6.2)

55 (5.5)

5/8

15.9

63 to 77 (6.3 to 7.7)

65 (6.5)

– 54 –

7-3. Tools
7-3-1. Required Tools
Refer to the “4. Tools” (Page 8)

7-4. Recharging of Refrigerant
When it is necessary to recharge refrigerant, charge the specified amount of new refrigerant according to the
following steps.
Recover the refrigerant, and check no refrigerant
remains in the equipment.

When the compound gauge’s pointer has indicated
–0.1 Mpa (–76 cmHg), place the handle Low in the
fully closed position, and turn off the vacuum pump’s
power switch.

Connect the charge hose to packed valve service
port at the outdoor unit’s gas side.

Keep the status as it is for 1 to 2 minutes, and ensure
that the compound gauge’s pointer does not return.

Connect the charge hose of the vacuum pump
adapter.

Set the refrigerant cylinder to the electronic balance,
connect the connecting hose to the cylinder and the
connecting port of the electronic balance, and charge
liquid refrigerant.

Open fully both packed valves at liquid and gas
sides.

Place the handle of the gauge manifold Low in the
fully opened position, and turn on the vacuum pump’s
power switch. Then, evacuating the refrigerant in the
cycle.

(For refrigerant charging, see the figure below.)

1) Never charge refrigerant exceeding the specified amount.
2) If the specified amount of refrigerant cannot be charged, charge refrigerant bit by bit in COOL mode.
3) Do not carry out additional charging.
When additional charging is carried out if refrigerant leaks, the refrigerant composition changes in the
refrigeration cycle, that is characteristics of the air conditioner changes, refrigerant exceeding the
specified amount is charged, and working pressure in the refrigeration cycle becomes abnormally high
pressure, and may cause a rupture or personal injury.

(INDOOR unit)

(Liquid side)

(OUTDOOR unit)

Opened
(Gas side)
Refrigerant cylinder
(With siphon pipe)
Check valve

Closed

Open/Close valve
for charging

Service port
Electronic balance for refrigerant charging

Fig. 7-4-1 Configuration of refrigerant charging

– 55 –

1) Be sure to make setting so that liquid can be charged.
2) When using a cylinder equipped with a siphon, liquid can be charged without turning it upside down.
It is necessary for charging refrigerant under condition of liquid because R410A is mixed type of refrigerant.
Accordingly, when charging refrigerant from the refrigerant cylinder to the equipment, charge it turning the
cylinder upside down if cylinder is not equipped with siphon.
[ Cylinder with siphon ]

[ Cylinder without siphon ]

Gauge manifold

Gauge manifold
OUTDOOR unit

OUTDOOR unit

Refrigerant
cylinder

Refrigerant
cylinder
Electronic
balance

Electronic
balance

Siphon

R410A refrigerant is HFC mixed refrigerant.
Therefore, if it is charged with gas, the composition of the charged refrigerant changes and the
characteristics of the equipment varies.

Fig. 7-4-2

7-5. Brazing of Pipes
1) Phosphor bronze brazing filler tends to react
with sulfur and produce a fragile compound
water solution, which may cause a gas
leakage. Therefore, use any other type of
brazing filler at a hot spring resort, etc., and
coat the surface with a paint.
2) When performing brazing again at time of
servicing, use the same type of brazing filler.

7-5-1. Materials for Brazing
1. Silver brazing filler
Silver brazing filler is an alloy mainly composed
of silver and copper. It is used to join iron, copper
or copper alloy, and is relatively expensive though
it excels in solderability.

2. Phosphor bronze brazing filler
Phosphor bronze brazing filler is generally used
to join copper or copper alloy.

3. Low temperature brazing filler

7-5-2. Flux
1. Reason why flux is necessary
• By removing the oxide film and any foreign
matter on the metal surface, it assists the flow
of brazing filler.
• In the brazing process, it prevents the metal
surface from being oxidized.
• By reducing the brazing filler's surface tension,
the brazing filler adheres better to the treated
metal.

Low temperature brazing filler is generally called
solder, and is an alloy of tin and lead. Since it is
weak in adhesive strength, do not use it for
refrigerant pipes.

– 56 –

2. Characteristics required for flux

7-5-3. Brazing

• Activated temperature of flux coincides with the
brazing temperature.
• Due to a wide effective temperature range, flux
is hard to carbonize.
• It is easy to remove slag after brazing.
• The corrosive action to the treated metal and
brazing filler is minimum.
• It excels in coating performance and is harmless to the human body.
As the flux works in a complicated manner as
described above, it is necessary to select an
adequate type of flux according to the type and
shape of treated metal, type of brazing filler and
brazing method, etc.

As brazing work requires sophisticated techniques,
experiences based upon a theoretical knowledge, it
must be performed by a person qualified.
In order to prevent the oxide film from occurring in
the pipe interior during brazing, it is effective to
proceed with brazing while letting dry Nitrogen gas
flow.

Never use gas other than Nitrogen gas.

1. Brazing method to prevent oxidation
1) Attach a reducing valve and a flow-meter to
the Nitrogen gas cylinder.
2) Use a copper pipe to direct the piping material, and attach a flow-meter to the cylinder.
3) Apply a seal onto the clearance between the
piping material and inserted copper pipe for
Nitrogen in order to prevent backflow of the
Nitrogen gas.
4) When the Nitrogen gas is flowing, be sure to
keep the piping end open.
5) Adjust the flow rate of Nitrogen gas so that it
is lower than 0.05 m³/Hr or 0.02 MPa
(0.2kgf/cm²) by means of the reducing valve.
6) After performing the steps above, keep the
Nitrogen gas flowing until the pipe cools down
to a certain extent (temperature at which
pipes are touchable with hands).
7) Remove the flux completely after brazing.

3. Types of flux
• Noncorrosive flux
Generally, it is a compound of borax and boric
acid.
It is effective in case where the brazing temperature is higher than 800°C.

• Activated flux
Most of fluxes generally used for silver brazing
are this type.
It features an increased oxide film removing
capability due to the addition of compounds
such as potassium fluoride, potassium chloride
and sodium fluoride to the borax-boric acid
compound.

4. Piping materials for brazing and used
brazing filler/flux
Piping
material

Used brazing
filler

Copper - Copper Phosphor copper

Used
flux
M Flow meter

Do not use

Copper - Iron

Silver

Paste flux

Iron - Iron

Silver

Vapor flux

Stop valve
Nitrogen gas
cylinder
From Nitrogen cylinder

1) Do not enter flux into the refrigeration cycle.
2) When chlorine contained in the flux remains
within the pipe, the lubricating oil deteriorates.
Therefore, use a flux which does not contain
chlorine.
3) When adding water to the flux, use water
which does not contain chlorine (e.g. distilled
water or ion-exchange water).
4) Remove the flux after brazing.

Pipe
Nitrogen
gas
Rubber plug

Fig. 7-5-1 Prevention of oxidation during brazing

– 57 –

7-6. Instructions for Re-use Piping of R22 or R407C
Instruction of Works:
The existing R22 and R407C piping can be
reused for our digital inverter R410A products
installations.
NOTE)
Confirmation of existence of scratch or dent of the
former pipes to be applied and also confirmation of
reliability of the pipe strength are conventionally
referred to the local site.

If the definite conditions can be cleared,
it is possible to update the existing R22 and
R407C pipes to those for R410A models.

7-6-1. Basic conditions need to reuse the
existing pipe
Check and observe three conditions of the refrigerant
piping works.
1. Dry
(There is no moisture inside of the pipes.)
2. Clean (There is no dust inside of the pipes.)
3. Tight (There is no refrigerant leak.)

7-6-2. Restricted items to use the existing pipes
In the following cases, the existing pipes cannot be
reused as they are. Clean the existing pipes or exchange them with new pipes.
1. When a scratch or dent is heavy, be sure to use the
new pipes for the works.
2. When the thickness of the existing pipe is thinner
than the specified “Pipe diameter and thickness” be
sure to use the new pipes for the works.
• The operating pressure of R410A is high
(1.6 times of R22 and R407C). If there is a scratch
or dent on the pipe or thinner pipe is used, the
pressure strength is poor and may cause breakage of the pipe at the worst.

* Pipe diameter and thickness (mm)
Pipe outer diameter

Ø6.4

Ø9.5 Ø12.7 Ø15.9 Ø19.0

R410A
Thickness

R22
(R407C)

0.8

0.8

0.8

1.0

1.0

• In case that the pipe diameter is Ø12.7 mm or less
and the thickness is less than 0.7 mm, be sure to use
the new pipes for works.
3. The pipes are left as coming out or gas leaks.
(Poor refrigerant)
• There is possibility that rain water or air including
moisture enters in the pipe.
4. Refrigerant recovery is impossible.
(Refrigerant recovery by the pump-down operation
on the existing air conditioner)

6. Check the oil when the existing air conditioner was
removed after refrigerant had been recovered.
In this case, if the oil is judged as clearly different
compared with normal oil
• The refrigerator oil is copper rust green :
There is possibility that moisture is mixed with the
oil and rust generates inside of the pipe.
• There is discolored oil, a large quantity of the
remains, or bad smell.
• A large quantity of sparkle remained wear-out
powder is observed in the refrigerator oil.
7. The air conditioner which compressor was exchanged due to a faulty compressor.
When the discolored oil, a large quantity of the
remains, mixture of foreign matter, or a large
quantity of sparkle remained wear-out powder is
observed, the cause of trouble will occur.
8. Installation and removal of the air conditioner are
repeated with temporary installation by lease and
etc.
9. In case that type of the refrigerator oil of the
existing air conditioner is other than the following oil
(Mineral oil), Suniso, Freol-S, MS (Synthetic oil),
alkyl benzene (HAB, Barrel-freeze), ester series,
PVE only of ether series.
• Winding-insulation of the compressor may
become inferior.

NOTE)
The above descriptions are results of confirmation by
our company and they are views on our air conditioners, but they do not guarantee the use of the existing
pipes of the air conditioner that adopted R410A in
other companies.

7-6-3. Branching pipe for simultaneous
operation system
• In the concurrent twin system, when TOSHIBAspecified branching pipe is used, it can be reused.
Branching pipe model name:
RBC-TWP30E-2, RBC-TWP50E-2
On the existing air conditioner for simultaneous
operation system (twin system), there is a case of
using branch pipe that has insufficient compressive
strength.
In this case please change it to the branch pipe for
R410A.

7-6-4. Curing of pipes
When removing and opening the indoor unit or outdoor
unit for a long time, cure the pipes as follows:
• Otherwise rust may generate when moisture or
foreign matter due to dewing enters in the pipes.
• The rust cannot be removed by cleaning, and a new
piping work is necessary.

• There is possibility that a large quantity of poor
oil or moisture remains inside of the pipe.

Place position

5. A dryer on the market is attached to the existing
pipes.
• There is possibility that copper green rust generated.

Outdoors

Term

Curing manner

1 month or more

Pinching

Less than 1 month
Indoors

– 58 –

Every time

Pinching or taping

7-6-5. Final Installation Checks

Is there no scratch or dent on the existing pipes?

Existing pipe: NO * Use a new pipes.

NO

Is it possible to operate the existing air conditioner?
YES
* After the existing air conditioner operated in cooling mode
for approx. 30 minutes or longer*, recover the refrigerant.
* For cooling the pipes and recovering of oil
• Refrigerant recovery: Pump down method

Nitrogen gas pressure 0.5 Mpa

* Remove the existing air conditioner from the piping and
carry out flashing (nitrogen pressure 0.5 Mpa) to remove
the remains inside of the pipe.
Note] In case of twin, also be sure to flash the
branching pipe.
(If there is discharge of remains,
it is judged that there is a large quantity of remains.)
Was not largely discolored oil or
a large quantity of remains discharged?
(When the oil deteriorates, the color of the
oil changes to muddy and black color.)

NO

Clean the pipes or use the new pipes.

If you are in trouble of
pipe cleaning, please contact us.

YES

n Connect the indoor/outdoor units to the existing pipe.
• Use a flare nut attached to the main unit for the
indoor/outdoor units.
(Do not use the flare nut of the existing pipe.)
• Re-machine the flare machining size to size for R410A.

n In case that the gas pipe Ø19 mm is used for the

outdoor unit of SM803 (3 HP) or higher:
(Gas pipe size of our R410A model 3 to 5 HP is Ø15.9 mm)
→ Turn the existing pipe switch on the cycle control
P.C board of the outdoor unit to ON side.
At shipment from factory OFF → ON for existing pipe
(Refer to the table below.) (Be sure to set the contents
in the table below in order to restrict the refrigerating
cycle pressure of the equipment in the pipe standard.)
Existing pipe SW
Switch
3 HP

Bit 3 of SW801

4, 5 HP

Bit 5 of SW801

Piping necessary to change the flare nut/
machining size due to pipe compression.
1) Flare nut width: H
Copper pipe
outer dia.
For R410A

(mm)

Ø6.4

Ø9.5

Ø12.7

Ø15.9

Ø19.0

17

22

26

29

36

24

27

Same
as above

H
For R22

Same as above

2) Flare machining size: A
A

Copper pipe
outer dia.

(mm)

Ø6.4

Ø9.5

Ø12.7

Ø15.9

Ø19.0

For R410A

9.1

13.2

16.6

19.7

24.0

For R22

9.0

13.0

16.2

19.4

23.3

Becomes large a little for R410A

* (Airtight test), Vacuum dry, Refrigerant charge,
Gas leak check

Do not apply the refrigerator oil to the flare surface.

Trial run

– 59 –

7-6-6. Recovery method of refrigerant for RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E
• When recovering refrigerant in case of reinstallation of the indoor or outdoor unit, etc., use the
refrigerant recovery switch on the terminal block
of the outdoor unit.

Work procedure

Refrigerant
recovery switch

ON
1 2 3

1. Turn on the power supply.
2. Using the remote controller, set FAN operation to
the indoor unit.
3. Pushing the refrigerant recovery switch on the
terminal block of the outdoor unit starts the
forced cooling operation. (Max. 10 minutes), and
then the refrigerant is recovered by operation of
the valve.
4. After recovery of the refrigerant, push the
refrigerant recovery switch together with closing
the valve. The operation stops.
5. Turn off the power supply.

Existing pipe switch SW801

1

2

3

L

N

Only when the existing gas pipe Ø19 mm is used on
RAV-SM803AT-E model, change the setting of
SW801 No. 3.
ON

DANGER
Take care for an electric shock because the
control P.C. board is electrified.

1

2

3

7-6-7. Recovery method of refrigerant for RAV-SM1103AT-E, SM1403AT-E
• When recovering refrigerant in case of reinstallation of the indoor or outdoor unit, etc., use the
refrigerant recovery switch SW802 on the cycle
control P.C. board of the outdoor unit.

Refrigerant recovery switch SW802

Work procedure
3
2
SW801
SW802

1

MCC-1531

1. Turn on the power supply.
2. Using the remote controller, set FAN operation to
the indoor unit.
3. Pushing the refrigerant recovery switch SW802
on the cycle control P.C. board of the outdoor
unit starts the forced cooling operation.
(Max. 10 minutes), and then the refrigerant is
recovered by operation of the valve.
4. After recovery of the refrigerant, push the
refrigerant recovery switch SW802 together with
closing the valve. The operation stops.
5. Turn off the power supply.

L

N

Existing pipe switch SW801
Only when the existing gas pipe Ø19 mm is used on
RAV-SM1103AT-E model, change the setting of
SW801 No. 5.
ON

1

– 60 –

ON

2

3

4

5

6

1

2

3

4

5

6

8. CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM
8-1. Indoor Control Circuit
Weekly timer

Main (Sub) master remote controller
*1 Connection Interface is attached to
master unit.
(In case of group control operation)

Display
LCD

*2 Weekly timer is not connectable to
the sub remote controller.

Display
LED

Function setup

LCD
driver

Key switch

Display
LCD

CPU

Function setup
CPU
Key switch

CN2
CN1
DC5V

DC5V
Remote controller
communication
circuit
Central control remote controller
(Option)

Power
circuit

*2

Option

Option

Indoor unit

#1

Secondary
battery

Power
circuit

A

#2

B

A

B

#3

A

B

Connection Interfase
(Option)
Indoor control P.C. board
(MCC-1402)
P.C. board
(MCC-1440)
U3
U4

TCC-LINK
communication
circuit

Duct type nothing

DC20V

Remote controller
communication
circuit

EEPROM

DC5V

TA sensor

DC12V

TC sensor
CPU

Louver
motor

Same as
the left
*1

Same as
the left
*1

1 2 3

1 2 3

TCJ sensor

Driver

Float input
Drain
pump

Separately sold parts
for Ceiling type

Outside output

Separately sold parts
for Ceiling type

Run
Warning Ready
Thermo. ON
Cool/Heat Fan
CPU
Fan motor
control
circuit

Indoor
fan
motor

DC280V

AC
synchronous
signal input circuit

Serial
send/receive
circuit
Outdoor
unit

Power circuit

1 2 3

Wireless remote controller kit

1 2 3

Receiver P.C. board
Remote controller
communication circuit

Outdoor unit

Temporary
operation SW

Power
circuit
DC5V

CPU

Function
setup SW

Buzzer

Optional only for
4-way Air Discharge Cassette
and Under Ceiling type models

Receive circuit

– 61 –

Display LED

Outdoor
unit

8-2. Control Specifications
No.
1

2

Item
When power
supply is reset

Operation mode
selection

Outline of specifications
1) Distinction of outdoor units
When the power supply is reset, the outdoors are
distinguished, and control is exchanged according to
the distinguished result.
2) Setting of speed of the indoor fan/setting whether to
adjust air direction or not.
(Only 4-way models)
Based on EEPROM data, speed of the indoor fan or
setting whether to adjust air direction or not is
selected.

Remarks

Air speed/
Air direction adjustment

1) Based on the operation mode selecting command
from the remote controller, the operation mode is
selected.
Remote controller
command
STOP
FAN
COOL

Outline of control
Air conditioner stops.
Fan operation
Cooling operation

DRY

Dry operation

HEAT

Heating operation

AUTO

• COOL/HEAT operation mode is
automatically selected by Ta
and Ts for operation.

Ta
(˚C)

COOL

+1.5
(COOL ON)
Tsc
or Tsh
(COOL OFF)
-1.5
HEAT

1) Judge the selection of COOL/HEAT mode as shown
in the figure above.
When 10 minutes passed after thermostat had been
turned off, the heating operation (Thermo OFF) is
exchanged to cooling operation if Tsh exceeds +1.5
or more.
(COOL OFF) and (COOL ON) in the figure indicate
an example.
When 10 minutes passed after thermostat had been
turned off, the cooling operation (Thermo OFF) is
exchanged to heating operation if Tsc exceeds –1.5
or less.
2) For the automatic capacity control after judgment of
COOL/HEAT, refer to item 4.
3) For the temperature correction of room temperature
control in automatic heating operation, refer to item 3.

– 62 –

Ta : Room temperature
Ts : Setup temperature
Tsc : Setup temperature in
cooling operation
Tsh : Setup temperature
+ Room temperature
control temperature
compensation

No.
3

Room
temperature
control

Remarks

Outline of specifications

Item

1) Adjustment range Remote controller setup temperature (°C)
COOL/
DRY

Heating
operation

Auto
operation

Wired type

18 to 29

18 to 29

18 to 29

Wireless type*

18 to 30

16 to 30

17 to 27

* : Only for 4-way air discharge cassette type and
Under ceiling type

2) Using the item code 06, the setup temperature in
heating operation can be compensated.
Setup data
Setup temp.
compensation

0

2

4

6

+0°C

+2°C

+4°C

+6°C

Shift of suction temperature in heating operation

Setting at shipment
Setup data

2

4

Automatic
capacity control
(GA control)

1) Based on the difference between Ta and Ts, the
operation frequency is instructed to the outdoor
unit.

5

Air speed
selection

1) Operation with (HH), (H), (L), or [AUTO] mode is
performed by the command from the remote controller.
2) When the air speed mode [AUTO] is selected, the air
speed varies by the difference between Ta and Ts.


Ta (˚C)
+3.0
+2.5
+2.0
+1.5
+1.0
+0.5
Tsc
-0.5

A
B
C
D

HH
(HH)
H (HH)
H (HH)
L(H)

E

L(H)
L(H)
L(L)

F
G

• Controlling operation in case when thermo of remote
controller works is same as a case when thermo of
the body works.
• If the air speed has been changed once, it is not
changed for 3 minutes. However when the air volume
is exchanged, the air speed changes.
• When cooling operation has started, the air speed
selects a downward slope, that is, the high position.
• If the temperature is just on the difference boundary,
the air speed does not change.
• Mode in the parentheses indicates one in automatic
cooling operation.

– 63 –

HH > H > L > LL

No.
5

Outline of specifications

Item
Air speed

selection
(Continued)

Remarks

Ta (˚C)
L(L)
L(H)
H(H)

(-0.5) –1.0
(0)
Tsh
(+0.5) +1.0
(+1.0) +2.0
(+1.5) +3.0

E

H
(HH)

D

HH
(HH)

C
B

(+2.0) +4.0

A

Value in the parentheses indicates one when thermostat of
the remote controller works.
Value without parentheses indicates one when thermostat
of the body works.
• If the air speed has been changed once, it is not changed
for 1 minute. However when the air speed is exchanged,
the air speed changes.
• When heating operation has started, the air speed selects
a upward slope, that is, the high position.
• If the temperature is just on the difference boundary, the
air speed does not change.
Tc: Indoor heat exchanger
• Mode in the parentheses indicates one in automatic
sensor temperature
heating operation.
• In Tc ≥ 60°C, the air speed increases by 1 step.
[PRE-HEAT] display
• In heating operation, the mode changes to [LL] if thermostat is turned off.
F5
F4
Tc
• If Ta ≥ 25°C when heating operation has started and when (˚C)
defrost operation has been cleared, it operates with HIGH
47
(H) mode or (HH) for 1 minute from when Tc has entered
in E zone of cool air discharge preventive control (Item 6).
• In automatic cooling/heating operation, the revolution
42
frequency of [HH] is set larger than that in the standard
F5
cooling/heating operation. However the revolution frequency is restricted in the automatic heating operation as
shown in the following figure.

6

Cool air
discharge
preventive
control

1) In heating operation, the indoor fan is controlled based
on the detected temperature of Tc sensor or Tcj sensor.
As shown below, the upper limit of the revolution frequency is determined.
Tc (˚C)
Tcj
32
30
28

HH
H
L
UL

26
20
16

OFF

E zone
D zone
C zone
B zone
A zone

– 64 –

No.
7

Item
Freeze
preventive
control
(Low
temperature
release)

Outline of specifications

Remarks

1) The cooling operation (including Dry operation) is
Tcj : Indoor heat experformed as follows based on the detected temperachanger sensor
ture of Tc sensor or Tcj sensor.
temperature
When [J] zone is detected for 6 minutes (Following
figure), the commanded frequency is decreased from
the real operation frequency. After then the commanded frequency changes every 30 seconds while
operation is performed in [J] zone.
In [K] zone, time counting is interrupted and the
operation is held.
When [I] zone is detected, the timer is cleared and the
operation returns to the normal operation.
If the commanded frequency becomes S0 because the
operation continues in [J] zone, the return temperature
A is raised from 5°C to 12°C until [I] zone is detected
and the indoor fan
operates with [M] mode.
(˚C)
5

A

I
K

2
J

In heating operation, the freeze-preventive control
works if 4-way valve is not exchanged and the condition is satisfied. (However the temperature for J zone
dashing control is changed from 2°C to –5°C.)

8

High-temp
release control

1) The heating operation is performed as follows based on
the detected temperature of Tc sensor or Tcj sensor.
• When [M] zone is detected, the commanded frequency is decreased from the real operation frequency. After then the commanded frequency
changes every 30 seconds while operation is performed in [M] zone.
• In [N] zone, the commanded frequency is held.
• When [L] zone is detected, the commanded frequency is returned to the original value by approx.
6Hz every 60 seconds.
Setup at shipment
Control temp (°C)
A

B

56 (54)

52 (52)

Tc (˚C)
Tcj A

M
N

B
L

NOTE :
When the operation has started or when Tc or Tcj became Same when thermostat is
lower than 30°C after start of the operation, temperature
turned off.
is controlled between values in parentheses of A and B.

– 65 –

No.

Item

9

Drain pump control

Outline of specifications

1) In cooling operation (including Dry operation), the
drain pump is usually operated.
2) If the float switch operates while drain pump
operates, the compressor stops, the drain pump
continues the operation, and a check code is
output.
3) If the float switch operates while drain pump stops,
the compressor stops and the drain pump operates. If the float switch keeps operating for approx.
Check code [P10]
4 minutes, a check code is output.

10 After-heat
elimination

When heating operation stops, the indoor fan operates with LOW mode for approx. 30 seconds.

11 Louver control

1) Louver position setup
• When the louver position is changed, the
position moves necessarily to downward discharge position once to return to the set position.
• The louver position can be set up in the following operation range.

(For 4-way air
discharge cassette
type only)

Remarks

In cooling/dry operation

In heating/fan operation

• In group twin/triple operation, the louver positions can be set up collectively or individually.
2) Swing setup
• The swinging position can be moved in the
following operation range.
All modes

• In group twin/triple operation, the swinging
positions can be set up collectively or individually.
3) When the unit stops or when a warning is output,
the louver automatically moves downward.
4) While the heating operation is ready, the louver
automatically moves upward.

– 66 –

W arning :
A check code is displayed
on the remote controller,
and the indoor unit stops.
(Excluding [F08] and
[L31])

No.

Item

12 Frequency fixed
operation
(Test run)

Outline of specifications

Remarks


1. When pushing [CHECK] button for 4 seconds or more,
[TEST] is displayed on the display screen and the
mode enters in Test run mode.
2. Push [ON/OFF] button.
3. Using [MODE] button, change the mode from [COOL]
to [HEAT].
• Do not use other mode than [COOL]/[HEAT] mode.
• During test run operation, the temperature cannot be
adjusted.
• An error is detected as usual.
• A frequency fixed operation is performed.
4. After the test run, push [ON/OFF] button to stop the
operation. (Display in the display part is same as the
procedure in item 1).)
5. Push [CHECK] button to clear the test run mode.
([TEST] display in the display part disappears and the
status returns to the normal stop status.)

(Option for 4-way air discharge cassette type only)
1. Turn off the power of the set.
Remove the adjuster with sensors from the ceiling
panel.
2. Turn Bit [1: TEST] of sensor P.C. board switch [S003]
from OFF to ON.
Attach the sensor P.C. board cover and mount the
adjuster with sensors to the ceiling panel.
Turn on the power of the set.
3. Push [ON/OFF] button of the wireless remote controller and set the operation mode to [COOL] or [HEAT]
using [MODE] button.
(During test run operation, all the display lamps of
wireless remote controller sensors flash.)
• Do not use other mode than [COOL]/[HEAT] mode.
• An error is detected as usual.
• A frequency fixed operation is performed.
4. After the test run, push [ON/OFF] button to stop the
operation.
5. Turn off the power of the set.
Turn Bit [1: TEST] of sensor P.C. board switch [S003]
from ON to OFF.
Mount the adjuster with sensors to the ceiling panel.

13 Filter sign display
(Except wireless
type)

1) The operation time of the indoor fan is calculated, the
[FILTER] goes on.
filter reset signal is sent to the remote controller when
the specified time (2500H) has passed, and it is
displayed on LCD.
2) When the filter reset signal has been received from the
remote controller, time of the calculation timer is
cleared. In this case, the measurement time is reset if
the specified time has passed, and display on LCD
disappears.

– 67 –

No.

Item

Outline of specifications

14

Central control
mode selection

1) Setting at the central controller side enables to select
the contents which can be operated on the remote
controller at indoor unit side.
2) RBC-AMT31E
[Last push priority] :
The operation contents can be selected from both
remote controller and central controller of the indoor
unit side, and the operation is performed with the
contents selected at the last.
[Center] :
Start/Stop operation only can be handled on the remote
controller at indoor unit side.
[Operation Prohibited] :
It cannot be operated on the remote controller at indoor
unit side. (Stop status is held.)

15

Energy-save
control
(By connected
outdoor unit)

16 Louver control
1) Louver
position

Remarks

(No display)

[CENTER] goes on.

[CENTER] goes on.
In a case of wireless type, the
display lamp does not change.
However, contents which can
be operated are same.
The status set in [CENTER]/
[Operation Prohibited] mode is
notified with the receiving sound
“Pi, Pi, Pi, Pi, Pi” (5 times).

1) Selecting [AUTO] mode enables an energy-saving to be
operated.
2) The setup temperature is shifted (corrected) in the
range not to lose the comfort ability according to input
values of various sensors.
3) Data (Input value room temp. Ta, Outside temp. To, Air
volume, Indoor heat exchanger sensor temp. Tc) for 20
minutes are taken the average to calculate correction
value of the setup temperature.
4) The setup temperature is shifted every 20 minutes, and
the shifted range is as follows.
In cooling time : +1.5 to –1.0K
In heating time : –1.5 to +1.0K

The louver angle is displayed setting 0° as “Full close”.

1) In the initial operation after power-ON, the position is
automatically controlled according to the operating
status (COOL/HEAT).

Full close

0˚

Cooling

Heating

45˚

103˚

2) After then a louver position is stored in the microcomputer every time when position
is operated on the remote controller, and the louver operates at the position stored
in memory in the next operation and after.
* If the operation mode has been changed from COOL to HEAT, from HEAT to
COOL, or the power has turned off, the stored louver position is cleared and the
status returns to one in item 1).
2) Air direction 1) When pushing [LOUVER] button during operation, the louver starts swinging.
adjustment 2) When the louver has arrived at the desired position, push [LOUVER] again.
(Swing
The louver stops at that position.
operation)

– 68 –

No.

Item

17

Max. frequency
cut control

Outline of specifications

Remarks

1) This control is operated by selecting [AUTO] operation
mode.
2) COOL operation mode: the frequency is controlled
according to the following figure if To < 28°C.

Ta(˚C) Normal control
+4
+3

Max. frequency is restricted
to approximately the rated
cooling frequency

Tsc
3) HEAT operation mode: the frequency is controlled
according to the following figure if To > 15°C.
It cannot be operated on the remote controller at indoor
unit side. (Stop status is held.)

Ta(˚C)
Tsh
–3
–4

18

DC motor

Max. frequency is restricted
to approximately the rated
heating frequency

Normal control

1) When the fan operation has started, positioning of the
stator and the rotor are performed.
(Moves slightly with tap sound)
2) The motor operates according to the command from the
indoor controller.
NOTES :
• When the fan rotates while the air conditioner stops due to
entering of outside air, etc, the air conditioner may operated while the fan motor stops.
• When a fan locking is found, the air conditioner stops, and
an error is displayed.

– 69 –

Check code [P12]

Connection interface

DC fan output
Indoor/Outdoor
inter-unit cable

Optional
power supply

– 70 –

Remote controller
power supply LED
DC fan return
*1
Drain pump output
Float SW

Fan output
HA (T10)
TA sensor
Optional output
Louver
(Used only for 4-way Air
Discharge Cassette Type,Under ceiling type)

TCJ sensor
EXCT
DISP Used for
CHK servicing

Remote controller inter-unit cable
TC sensor

8-3. Indoor Print Circuit Board

EEPROM

8-3-1. 4-W ay Air Discharge Cassette Type / Concealed Duct Type / Under Ceiling Type

Filter/Option error input



Microcomputer operation LED

Revised : Mar. 2007

9. CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS
9-1. Indoor Control Circuit
9-1-1. Indoor P.C. Board Optional Connector Specifications
Function
Option output

Outside error
input

Filter option
error

Connector
No.
CN60

CN80

CN70

CHK
Operation check

CN71

DISP display
mode

CN72

EXCT demand

CN73

Pin
No.

Specifications

Remarks

1

DC12V (COM)

2

Defrost output

ON during defrost operation of outdoor unit

3

Thermo. ON output

ON during Real thermo-ON (Comp ON)

4

Cooling output

ON when operation mode is in cooling system
(COOL, DRY, COOL in AUTO cooling/heating)

5

Heating output

ON when operation mode is in heating system
(HEAT, HEAT in AUTO cooling/heating)

6

Fan output

ON during indoor fan ON
(Air purifier is used/Interlock cable)

1

DC12V (COM)

2

DC12V (COM)

(When continued for 1 minute)
Check code “L30” is output and forced operation stops.

3

Outside error input

1

Filter/Option/Humidifier
setup input

Option error input is controlled. (Protective operation
for device attached to outside is displayed.)

2

0V

* Setting of option error input is performed from remote
controller. (DN=2A)

1

Check mode input

2

0V

1

Display mode input

Used for operation check of indoor unit.
(Communication with outdoor unit or remote controller
is not performed, but the specified operation such as
indoor fan “H” or drain pump ON is output.)

2

0V

1

Demand input

2

0V

Display mode enables indoor unit and remote controller
to communicate. (When power is turned on)
Forced thermo-OFF operation in indoor unit

9-2. Outdoor Controls
9-2-1. Print Circuit Board
P.C. Board Comparison Table for Digital Inverter
Model name RAV -SM
P.C. board

Model name RAV -SP

Part No.
563AT-E/803AT-E

Main

MCC-5009

4316V284

1

Sub

MCC-1530 4316V293

1

CDB

MCC-1531

1103AT-E/1403AT-E

4316V283

562AT-E/802AT-E

1102AT-E/1402AT-E

1

1

1

4316V282
4316V291

1

1

IPDU MCC-1438
4316V278

1

1: Applied

– 71 –

F03: 3.15A fuse
DB01:
Single-phase rectifier diode

L-phase power supply lead
(Black)
N-phase power supply lead
(White)
Serial lead (Orange)



C12, 13, 14
electrolytic capacitor

DB02:
High power factor diode
Q404:
High power factor circuit IGBT

RAV -SM563AT-E, RAV -SM803AT-E

P.C. board earth lead
(Black)



F01, 02, 25A fuse

Reactor lead connector
(White)

– 72 –

CN701:
4-way valve connector
RY701:
4-way valve relay
Comp. lead
(Red) (White) (Black)

CN300:
Fan motor connector
CN602:
Outdoor temperature
(TO) sensor connector

12V
GND

CN806:
Optional connector

IC800: MCU

CN603:
Suction temperature
(TS) sensor connector
CN601:
Discharge temperature
(TD) sensor connector

CN500:
Fan drive circuit
Case thermo
Q300 to Q305:
connector
FET (QTY: 6P)
CN700:
CN605:
PMV connector
Sub SW board connector

J800 to 803, 806
Model switch jumper line

Comp. drive circuit
Q200 to Q205: IGBT (QTY: 6P)
IC200: Drive IG (QTY: 1P)

Revised : Mar. 2007

CN600:
Heat exchange temperature
(TE) sensor connector

5V

Dip switch
SW801

P.M.V. CN702

Case thermo. switch
CN500

Communication signal
(To MCC-1438)
CN800

TD sensor
CN600
Serial signal
(To terminal block)
CN02

TO sensor
CN601
TE sensor
CN604

AC input
(To MCC-1438)
CN01

TS sensor
CN605

– 73 –

Optional connector
CN804

4-way valve
CN700

Fan motor revolution
CN300

DC15V input
(To MCC-1438)
CN04

DC320V input
(To MCC-1438)
CN03

Revised : Mar. 2007

Fan motor output
CN301

RAV -SM1103AT-E, RAV -SM1403AT-E / RAV -SP562AT-E, RAV -SP802AT-E

EEPROM-IC
IC801

Model selection jumpers
(Available only service P.C. board)
J800 to J803



Refrigerant recovery Switch
SW802

Dip switch for service
SW801

P.M.V. CN702

Case thermo. switch
CN500

Communication signal
(To MCC-1438)
CN800

TD sensor
CN600

Serial signal
(To terminal block)
CN02

TO sensor
CN601
TE sensor
CN604

AC input
(To MCC-1438)
CN01

TS sensor
CN605

– 74 –

Not use
CN804

4-way valve
CN700

Fan motor 2 (Lower)
revolution
CN302

Fan motor 1 (Upper)
revolution
CN300

Fan motor 2 (Lower)
output
CN303

Fan motor 1 (Upper)
output
CN301

DC15V input
(To MCC-1438)
CN04

DC320V input
(To MCC-1438)
CN03

RAV -SP1102AT-E, RAV -SP1402AT-E

EEPROM-IC
IC801

Model selection jumpers
(Available only service P.C. board)
J800 to J803



Refrigerant recovery Switch
SW802

Communication signal
(To MCC-1531)
CN06

IGBT
(Compressor drive device)

AC output
(To MCC-1531)
CN13
TH sensor
CN600

Earth ground
CN03

DC320V output
(To MCC-1531)
CN04
Compressor output
CN09, CN10, CN11

– 75 –

Mains (Neutral) input
CN02

Mains (Live) input
CN01
Rectifier

Reactor Connector

Capacitor

Revised : Mar. 2007

Rectifier connectors
P29 (Red), P28 (Black),
P21 (Orange), P24 (Brown)

RAV -SM1103AT-E, RAV -SM1403AT-E /
RAV -SP562AT-E, RAV -SP802AT-E, RAV -SP1102AT-E, RAV -SP1402AT-E

DC15V output
(To MCC-1531)
CN05



Reactor connector

9-2-2. Outline of Main Controls
1. Pulse Modulating V alve (PMV ) control
1) For PMV with 50 to 500 pulses during operation, respectively.
2) In cooling operation, PMV is controlled with the temperature difference between TS sensor and TC
sensor.
3) In heating operation, PMV is controlled with the temperature difference between TS sensor and TE
sensor.
4) For the temperature difference in items 2) and 3), 1 to 5K is aimed as the target in both cooling and
heating operations.
5) When the cycle excessively rose in both cooling and heating operations, PMV is controlled by TD
sensor.
The aimed value is usually 103°C for SM56, SM80 and 100°C for SM110, SM140 in both cooling and
heating operations.

REQUIREMENT
A sensor trouble may cause a liquid back-flow or abnormal overheat resulting in excessive shortening of the
compressor life. In a case of trouble on the compressor, be sure to check there is no error in the resistance
value an the refrigerating cycle of each sensor after repair and then start the operation.

2. Discharge temperature release control
1) This function controls the operation frequency, that
is, lowers the operation frequency when the
discharge temperature has not lower or the
discharge temperature has rapidly risen during
PMV control. It subdivides the frequency control
up to a unit of 0.6 Hz to stabilize the cycle.
2) When the discharge temperature is detected in an
abnormal stop zone, the unit stops the compressor and restarts after 2 minutes 30 seconds. The
error counter is cleared when it has continued the
operation for 10 minutes.
If the abnormal stop zone has been detected by 4
times without clearing of counter, an error “P03” is
displayed.
* The cause is considered as excessively little
amount of refrigerant, defective PMV, or clogging
of cycle.
[°C]
a

b

c

d

e

SM56, SM80

117

107

103

100

93

SM110, SM140

111

106

100

95

90

TD [˚C]
Error stop ("P03" display with 4 times of error counts)

a
Frequency down

b
c

Frequency holding

d
Frequency slow-up
(Up to command)

e
As command is

Current [A]
Frequency down
I1

3. Current release control

Hold
Hold
Normal operation

I1–0.5

The output frequency and the output voltage are
controlled by AC current value detected by T02 on the
outdoor P.C. board so that input current of the inverter
does not exceed the specified value.
SM56

SM80

COOL HEAT

COOL HEAT

SM110

SM140

Objective model
I1 value [A]

10.1

12.0

12.2

14.0

COOL

HEAT

COOL

HEAT

18.9

19.7

19.7

19.7

– 76 –

4. Outdoor fan control
Allocations of fan tap revolutions [rpm]
W 1

W 2

W 3

W 4

W 5

W 6

W 7

W 8

W 9

W A

W B

W C

SM56

200

300

350

410

480

500

530

560

640

670

700

750

800

840

840

SM80

200

300

350

410

480

500

530

560

640

670

700

750

840

940

980

SM110

250

280

320

360

410

460

520

580

640

700

760

860

860

900

930

SM140

250

280

320

360

410

460

520

580

640

700

760

860

860

900

970

1) Cooling fan control
Q The outdoor fan is controlled by TE, TD, and TO sensors and also revolution frequency of the operation. The outdoor is controlled by every 1 tap of DC fan control (15 taps).
R Only during 60 seconds after the operation has started, the fan is fixed with the maximum fan tap
which corresponds to the zone in the following table.
After then the fan is controlled by TE sensor temperature.
S Considering a case that TE sensor has come out of the holder, the fan is controlled so that revolution
frequency of the fan increases regardless of TE if temperature of TD sensor has risen.
a

b

SM56, SM80

36

32

SM110, SM110

29

26

Operation with WE
TE [˚C]

TD [˚C]
+1 tap/20 seconds

85

a
80
rpm hold

Operation with
maximum tap in
each zone

75

b
–1 tap/20 seconds

65
Usual fan control

(The operation frequency differs according to the model type.)
Below 30Hz

Above 30 Hz below 45 Hz

Above 45 Hz

Temp. range
Min.

Max.

Min.

Max.

Min.

Max.

29°C < TO

W5

WA

W7

WC

W9

WF

15 < TO < 29°C

W3

W7

W5

W9

W7

WB

5 < TO < 15°C

W2

W5

W4

W7

W6

W9

0 < TO < 5°C

W1

W3

W3

W5

W4

W7

TO < 0°C

W1

W2

W2

W4

W3

W5

TO error

W1

WF

W1

WF

W1

WF

– 77 –

W D

W

2) Heating fan control
Q The outdoor fan is controlled by TE sensor, TO sensor and the operation frequency.
(From Min. W1 to Max. are controlled according to the following table.)
R During 3 minutes after start-up, the fan is fixed
with the maximum fan tap corresponding to
TE [˚C]
zone in the following table. After then the fan is
–2 tap/20 seconds
controlled by temperature of TE sensor.
STOP timer count
24
S If status, TE > 24°C continues for 5 minutes, the
operation stops. This status is same to the
–2 tap/20 seconds
usual Thermo-OFF which has no alarm display,
21
and the fan restarts after 2 minutes and 30
–1 tap/20 seconds
seconds. This intermittent operation is not
18
abnormal.
rpm hold
15
When
the
above
status
occurs
frequently,
it
T
R
+1 tap/20 seconds
is considered that the filter of suction part of the
indoor unit is stain. Clean the filter and then
restart the operation.
(The operation frequency differs according to the model type. The case of SM110 is shown in the table below.)

Maximum

Temp. range

Below 33 Hz

Above 33 Hz below 51 Hz

Above 51 Hz

10°C < TO

W7

W8

W9

5 < TO < 10°C

WA

WB

WF

TO < 5°C

WF

WF

WF

TO error

WF

WF

WF

5. Coil heating control
1) This control function heats the compressor by turning on the stopped compressor instead of a case
heater. It purposes to prevent slackness of the refrigerant inside of the compressor.
2) As usual, turn on power of the compressor for the specified time before a test run after installation,
otherwise a trouble of the compressor may be caused. As same as a test run, it is recommended to turn
on power of the compressor beforehand when starting operation after power of the compressor has been
interrupted for a long time.
3) A judgment for electricity is performed by TD and TO sensors. If TO sensor is defective, a backup control
is automatically performed by TE sensor. For a case of defective TO sensor, judge it with the outdoor LED
display.
4) Coil heating is controlled by TD and TE sensor.
5) For every model, the power is turned off when TD is 30°C or more.
(In trouble of TE sensor)

TO [˚C]

Power-ON condition
TD < 30˚C

18
15
10
8

TE [˚C]
No power-ON
Continuous ON (L)

20
18
12
10

No power-ON
Continuous ON (L)

Continuous ON (M)
* TD sensor is read in once per 15 minutes
.

Continuous ON (M)
* TO sensor is read in once per 15 minutes

(Object: SM56, SM80)

SM110, SM140

TE [˚C]
0
–1
–6
–7

No power-ON

L

20W and equivalent

M

40W and equivalent

Continuous ON (L)
Continuous ON (H)

– 78 –

SM56, SM80
L

10W and equivalent

H

30W and equivalent

6. Defrost control

Q In heating operation, defrost operation is performed when TE sensor temperature satisfies any condition
R

S

in A zone to D zone.
The defrost operation is immediately finished if TE sensor temperature has become 12°C or more, or it
also is finished when condition of 7°C < TE < 12°C has continued for 1 minute. The defrost operation is
also finished when defrost operation has continued for 10 minutes even if TE sensor temperature has
become 7°C or lower.
After defrost operation has finished, the compressor and the outdoor fan start heating operation after
stopped for approx. 50 seconds.

Start of heating operation

0

10

15

c

b

a

d

[min.]

TE [ºC]
–4 (–5)
A zone
zone

–6 (–10)
–10 (–13)

B zone
zone

–25 (–18)

D zone
zone
C zone
zone

*

Numerals enclosed with parentheses represent numeral values of SM110 and SM140.

* The minimum TE value between 10 and 15 minutes after heating operation has started is stored in memory as TE0.

A zone

Defrost operation is performed in this zone when TE0-TE > 3 continued for T seconds.

B zone

Defrost operation is performed in this zone when TE0-TE > 3 continued for T seconds.

C zone

Defrost operation is performed when this zone continued for T seconds.

D zone

Defrost operation is performed when this zone continued for T seconds.

SM56, SM80

SM110, SM140

a

35

50

b

29

35

c

29

30

d

90

90

T

20

20

– 79 –

10. TROUBLESHOOTING
10-1. Summary of Troubleshooting


1. Before troubleshooting
1) Required tools/instruments
•

+ and – screwdrivers, spanners, radio cutting pliers, nippers, push pins for reset switch

• Tester, thermometer, pressure gauge, etc.
2) Confirmation points before check
a) The following operations are normal.
1. Compressor does not operate.
• Is not 3-minutes delay (3 minutes after compressor OFF)?
• Does not thermostat turn off?
• Does not timer operate during fan operation?
• Is not outside high-temperature operation controlled in heating operation?
2. Indoor fan does not rotate.
• Does not cool air discharge preventive control work in heating operation?
3. Outdoor fan does not rotate or air volume changes.
• Does not high-temperature release operation control work in heating operation?
• Does not outside low-temperature operation control work in cooling operation?
• Is not defrost operation performed?
4. ON/OFF operation cannot be performed from remote controller.
• Is not the control operation performed from outside/remote side?
• Is not automatic address being set up?
(When the power is turned on at the first time or when indoor unit address setting is changed, the
operation cannot be performed for maximum approx. 5 minutes after power-ON.)
b) Did you return the cabling to the initial positions?
c) Are connecting cables of indoor unit and remote controller correct?

2. Troubleshooting procedure
When a trouble occurred, check the parts along with the following procedure.

Trouble

→

Confirmation of check code display

→

Check defective position and parts.

NOTE :
For cause of a trouble, power conditions or malfunction/erroneous diagnosis of microcomputer due to outer
noise is considered except the items to be checked. If there is any noise source, change the cables of the
remote controller to shield cables.

– 80 –

 (For 4-way air discharge cassette type only models)

1. Before troubleshooting
1) Required tools/instruments
• + and – screwdrivers, spanners, radio cutting pliers, nippers, etc.
• Tester, thermometer, pressure gauge, etc.
2) Confirmation points before check
a) The following operations are normal.
1. Compressor does not operate.
• Is not 3-minutes delay (3 minutes after compressor OFF)?
• Does not thermostat turn off?
• Does not timer operate during fan operation?
• Is not outside high-temperature operation controlled in heating operation?
2. Indoor fan does not rotate.
• Does not cool air discharge preventive control work in heating operation?
3) Outdoor fan does not rotate or air volume changes.
• Does not high-temperature release operation control work in heating operation?
• Does not outside low-temperature operation control work in cooling operation?
• Is not defrost operation performed?
4) ON/OFF operation cannot be performed from remote controller.
• Is not forced operation performed?
• Is not the control operation performed from outside/remote side?
• Is not automatic address being set up?
a) Did you return the cabling to the initial positions?
b) Are connecting cables between indoor unit and receiving unit correct?

2. Troubleshooting procedure
(When the power is turned on at the first time or when indoor unit address setting is changed, the operation
cannot be performed for maximum approx. 5 minutes after power-ON.)
When a trouble occurred, check the parts along with the following procedure.

Trouble

→

Confirmation of lamp display
(When 4-way air discharge cassette type
wireless remote controller is connected)

→

Check defective
position and parts.

1) Outline of judgment
The primary judgment to check where a trouble occurred in indoor unit or outdoor unit is performed with
the following method.
Method to judge the erroneous position by flashing indication on the display part of indoor unit
(sensors of the receiving unit)
The indoor unit monitors operating status of the air conditioner, and the blocked contents of self-diagnosis
are displayed restricted to the following cases if a protective circuit works.

– 81 –

10-2. Check Code List
Error mode detected by indoor and outdoor units
Wireless sensor
lamp display

Wired remote
controller

Operation Timer Ready

Check code

¥

l

l
l

l
¥

E03

E04

Cause of operation

– 82 –

l

l

E08

¥

l

l

E10

¥

l

l

¥

¥

¥

¥

l
l

¥

¥

¥

Status of air
conditioner

Judgment and measures
Condition

No communication from remote controller (including wireless)
and communication adapters

Stop
Displayed when 1. Check cables of remote controller and communication adapters.
(Automatic reset) error is detected
• Handy remote controller LCD display OFF (Disconnection)
• Central remote controller [97] check code

The serial signal is not output from outdoor unit to indoor unit.
• Miscabling of inter-unit cables
• Defective serial sensing circuit on outdoor P.C. board
• Defective serial receiving circuit on indoor P.C. board

S top
Displayed when 1. Outdoor unit does not completely operate.
(Automatic reset) error is detected
• Inter-unit cable check, correction of miscabling, case thermo operation
• Outdoor P.C. board check, P.C. board cables check
2. In normal operation
P.C. board (Indoor receiving/Outdoor sending) check

Duplicated indoor unit addresses

¥

¥: Flash, ¡: Go on, l: Go off

Diagnostic function

Stop

Displayed when 1. Check whether there is modification of remote controller connection (Group/
error is detected
Individual) or not after power has been turned on (finish of group configuration/
address check).
* If group configuration and address are not normal when the power has been turned
on, the mode automatically shifts to address setup mode. (Resetting of address)

Communication error between indoor MCU
• Communication error between fan driving MCU and main
MCU

Stop
Displayed when 1. Check cables of remote controller.
(Automatic reset) error is detected 2. Check power cables of indoor unit.
3. Check indoor P.C. board.

E18

Regular communication error between master and sub indoor
units or between main and sub indoor units

Stop
Displayed when 1. Check cables of remote controller.
(Automatic reset) error is detected 2. Check indoor power cable.
3. Check indoor P.C. board.

F01

Coming-off, disconnection or short of indoor heat exchanger
sensor (TCJ)

Stop
Displayed when 1. Check indoor heat exchanger temperature sensor (TCJ).
(Automatic reset) error is detected 2. Check indoor P.C. board.

F02

Coming-off, disconnection or short of indoor heat exchanger
sensor (TC)

Stop
Displayed when 1. Check indoor heat exchanger temperature sensor (TC).
(Automatic reset) error is detected 2. Check indoor P.C. board.

¡

F04

Coming-off, disconnection or short of outdoor temperature
sensor (TD)

Stop

Displayed when 1. Check outdoor temperature sensor (TD).
error is detected 2. Check outdoor CDB P.C. board.

¥

¡

F06

Coming-off, disconnection or short of outdoor temperature
sensor (TE/TS)

Stop

Displayed when 1. Check outdoor temperature sensor (TE/TS).
error is detected 2. Check outdoor CDB P.C. board.

¥

¥

¡

F08

Coming-off, disconnection or short of outdoor temperature
sensor (TO)

Operation
continues.

¥

¥

F10

Coming-off, disconnection or short of indoor heat exchanger
sensor (TA)

Stop
Displayed when 1. Check indoor heat exchanger temperature sensor (TA).
(Automatic reset) error is detected 2. Check indoor P.C. board.

¥

¥

l
l

F29

Indoor EEPROM error
• EEPROM access error

Stop
Displayed when 1. Check indoor EEPROM. (including socket insertion)
(Automatic reset) error is detected 2. Check indoor P.C. board.

¥

l

l

Breakdown of compressor
• Displayed when error is detected

Stop

H01

Displayed when 1. Check power voltage. AC230V ±20V
error is detected 2. Overload operation of refrigerating cycle
3. Check current detection circuit at AC side.

l

¥

l

Compressor does not rotate.
• Over-current protective circuit operates after specified time
passed when compressor had been activated.

Stop

H02

Displayed when 1. Trouble of compressor (Compressor lock, etc.) : Replace compressor.
error is detected 2. Defective cabling of compressor (Phase missing)
3. Phase-missing operation of power supply (3-phase model)

l

¥

l

Current detection circuit error
• Current value at AC side is high even during compressor-OFF.
• Phase of power supply is missed.

Stop

H03

Displayed when 1. Compressor immediately stops even if restarted. : Check IPDU.
error is detected 2. Phase-missing operation of power supply
Check 3-phase power voltage and cables.

¥

l
l
l

¥

L03

Duplicated indoor master units

Stop

¥

L07

There is group line in individual indoor units.

Stop

¥

L08

Unsetting of indoor group address

Stop

Displayed when 1. Check whether there is modification of remote controller connection (Group/
Individual) or not after power has been turned on (finish of group configuration/
error is detected
address check).
Displayed when
* If group configuration and address are not normal when the power has been turned
error is detected
on, the mode automatically shifts to address setup mode. (Resetting of address)
Displayed when
error is detected

¥
¥

Displayed when 1. Check outdoor temperature sensor (TO).
error is detected 2. Check outdoor CDB P.C. board.

¥: Flash, ¡: Go on, l: Go off
Wireless sensor
lamp display
Operation Timer Ready

Diagnostic function

Wired remote
controller
Cause of operation

Check code

¥

l

¥

L09

l

¥

l

L29

¥

¡

¥

L30

¥

¡

¥

L31

No check code is displayed.

Status of air
conditioner

Judgment and measures
Condition

Unset indoor capacity

Stop

Displayed when 1. Set the indoor capacity. (DN=I1)
error is detected

Outdoor unit and other errors
• Communication error between CDB and IPDU
(Coming-off of connector)
• Heat sink temperature error
(Detection of temperature over specified value)

Stop

Displayed when 1. Check cables of CDB and IPDU.
error is detected 2. Abnormal overload operation of refrigerating cycle

Abnormal outside interlock input

Stop

Displayed when 1. Check outside devices.
error is detected 2. Check indoor P.C. board.

Phase detection protective circuit operates. (Normal models)

Operation continues. Displayed when 1. Check power phase order (Reversed phase)/phase missing.
(Compressor stops.) error is detected 2. Check outdoor P.C. board.

Fan motor thermal protection

Stop

Displayed when 1. Check thermal relay of fan motor.
error is detected 2. Check indoor P.C. board.

– 83 –

¥

l

¥

Discharge temperature error
• Discharge temperature over specified value was detected.

Stop

P03

Displayed when 1. Check refrigerating cycle. (Gas leak)
error is detected 2. Trouble of PMV
3. Check Td sensor.

¥

l

¥

High-pressure protection error by TE sensor
(Temperature over specified value was detected.)

Stop

P04

Displayed when 1. Overload operation of refrigerating cycle
error is detected 2. Check outdoor temperature sensor (TE).
3. Check outdoor CDB P.C. board.

l

¥

¥

Float switch operation
• Disconnection, coming-off, defective float switch contactor of float
circuit

Stop

P10

Displayed when 1. Defect of drain pump
error is detected 2. Clogging of drain pump
3. Check float switch.
4. Check indoor P.C. board.

l

Indoor DC fan error

Stop

¥

¥

P12

Displayed when 1. Defective detection of position
error is detected 2. Over-current protective circuit of indoor fan driving unit operates.
3. Lock of indoor fan
4. Check indoor P.C. board.

¥

l

¥

¥

l

¥

¥

l
l
l

¥

P26

¥

P29

¥

P31

¥
¥

P19

Error in 4-way valve system
• Indoor heat exchanger temperature lowered after start of heating
operation.

Stop
(Automatic reset)

Displayed when 1. Check 4-way valve.
error is detected 2. Check indoor heat exchanger (TC/TCJ) sensor.
3. Check indoor P.C. board.

Outdoor DC fan error

Stop

Displayed when 1. Defective detection of position
error is detected 2. Over-current protective circuit of outdoor fan driving unit operates.
3. Lock of outdoor fan
4. Check outdoor CDB P.C. board.

Inverter over-current protective circuit operates. (For a short time)
Short voltage of main circuit operates.

Stop

Displayed when 1. Inverter immediately stops even if restarted. : Compressor motor rare short
error is detected 2. Check IPDU. : Cabling error

IPDU position detection circuit error

Stop

Displayed when 1. Position detection circuit operates even if operating compressor by
removing 3P connector. : Replace IPDU.
error is detected

P22

Own unit stops while warning is output to other indoor units.

Stop (Sub unit)
(Automatic reset)

Displayed when 1. Judge sub unit while master unit is in [E03], [L03], [L07], [L08].
error is detected 2. Check indoor P.C. board.

For an error mode detected in outdoor unit, the fan operates because sub unit of a group operation does not communicate with the outdoor unit.

Error mode detected by remote controller
Wireless sensor
lamp display

Wired remote controller

Operation Timer Ready

Check code

—

—

—

¥: Flash, ¡: Go on, l: Go off

Diagnostic function
Cause of operation

Judgment and measures

Status of
air conditioner

Condition

Stop

—

No communication with master indoor unit
• Remote controller cable is not correctly
connected.
No check code is displayed.
(Remote controller does
• Power of indoor unit is not turned on.
not operate.)
• Automatic address cannot be completed.

Remote controller power error, Defective indoor EEPROM
1. Check remote controller inter-unit cables.
2. Check remote controller.
3. Check indoor power cables.
4. Check indoor P.C. board.
5. Check indoor EEPROM. (including socket insertion)
: Phenomenon of automatic address repetition occurred.

No communication with indoor master unit
Stop
(Automatic restart)
• Disconnection of inter-unit cable between remote
controller and master indoor unit
* When there is center,
(Detected at remote controller side)
operation continues

Displayed when Signal receiving of remote controller is defective.
error is detected 1. Check remote controller inter-unit cables.
2. Check remote controller.
3. Check indoor power cables.
4. Check indoor P.C. board.

Signal sending error to indoor unit
(Detected at remote controller side)

Displayed when Signal sending of remote controller is defective.
error is detected 1. Check sending circuit inside of remote controller.
: Replace remote controller.

¥

l

l

E01*2

¥

l

l

E02

¥

l

l

E09

Multiple master remote controllers are recognized.
(Detected at remote controller side)

¥

¡

¥

L20

Duplicated indoor central addresses on
communication of central control system
(Detected by central controller side)

Stop
(Automatic restart)
* When there is center,
operation continues.
Stop
(Sub unit continues operation.)
Stop
(Automatic restart)

Displayed when 1. Check there are multiple master units for 2 remote controllers
error is detected
(including wireless).
: Master unit is one and others are sub units.
Displayed when 1. Check address setup of central control system network. (DN = 03)
error is detected

– 84 –

*2 Check code is not displayed by wired remote controller. (Usual operation of air conditioner is disabled.)
For wireless type models, E01 is notified by the display lamp.

Error mode detected by central remote controller
Wireless sensor
lamp display

Wired remote controller

Operation Timer Ready

Check code

—

—

—

C05

—

—

—

C06

—

—

—

P30

¥: Flash, ¡: Go on, l: Go off

Diagnostic function
Cause of operation

Status of
air conditioner

Sending error central remote controller

Operation continues

Receiving error in central remote controller

Operation continues

Differs according to error contents of unit with
occurrence of alarm.

Continuation/Stop
(Based on a case)

Judgment and measures
Condition
Displayed when 1. Check communication line/miscabling/ Check power of indoor unit.
error is detected 2. Check communication. (U3, U4 terminals)
3. Check network adapter P.C. board.
Displayed when 4. Check central controller
(such as central control remote controller, etc.).
error is detected
5. Terminal resistance check (connection interface SW01)
Displayed when Check the check code of corresponding unit by remote controller
error is detected

Revised : Mar. 2007
10-3. Error Mode Detected by LED on Outdoor P.C. Board
RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E /
RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E, RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E

• When multiple errors are detected, the latest error is displayed.
• When LED display is ¡ (Go on), there is the main cause of trouble on the objective part of control at CDB
side and the unit stops.
• When LED display is ¥ (Flash), there is the main cause of trouble on the objective part of control at IPDU
side and the unit stops.
• When case thermostat operates, the communication is interrupted on the serial circuit. If continuing the case
thermostat operation, a serial communication error occurs because serial sending to the indoor unit is
interrupted.
Check code
No.

CDB side

IPDU side

¡ : Go on

Item

LED display

Type A

Type B

D800
(Red)

D801
(Yellow)

D802
(Yellow)

D803
(Yellow)

¡
¡

l

l
l

¡

¡
¡
¡

¡
¡

l
l
l
l
l
l

1C

¡

l

l

¡

21
—

l

¡

l

¡

1

TE sensor error

F06

18

2

TD sensor error

F04

19

3

TS sensor error

F06

18

4

TO sensor error

F08

1B

5

Discharge temp. error

P03

1E

6

DC outdoor fan error

P22

1A

7

Communication error
between IPDU
(Abnormal stop)

L29

8

High-pressure release
operation

P04

l
l
l

¡

l

¡

l

9

EEPROM error

—

—

¡

¡

l

¡

10

Communication error
between IPDU
(No abnormal stop)

—

—

l

l

¡

¡

11

IGBT short-circuit
protection

P26

14

¥

l

12

Detection circuit error

P29

16

l

13

Current sensor error

H03

17

¥
¥

l
l
l

14

Comp. lock error

H02

1D

15

Comp. breakdown

H01

1F

l
l
l
l
l

l : Go off

¥

l

¥

l
l

¥
¥

¥ : Flash (5Hz)

<>
The check codes are classified into Type A and Type B according to the used remote controller.
Be sure to check the remote controller which you use.

Type A :
Neutral 2-cores type wired remote controller such as RBC-AMT31E, RBC-AS21E2, and wireless
remote controller kit such as TCB-AX21U (W)-E2.
Type B :
Polarized 3-cores type wired remote controller such as RBC-SR1-PE2, RBC-SR2-PE2, and central
control remote controller such as RBC-CR64-PE2.

– 85 –

10-4. Troubleshooting Procedure for Each Check Code
10-4-1. Check Code
[E01 error]

NO

Correct inter-unit cable of remote controller.

Is inter-unit cable of A and B normal?
YES
Is there no disconnection
or contact error of connector on harness
from terminal block of indoor unit?

YES

Correct connection of connector.
Check circuit cables.

NO
NO
Is group control operation?
YES
NO

Check power connection of indoor unit.
(Turn on power again.)

NO

Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Defect
Replace

YES

Correct as a master unit/a sub unit
(Remote controller address connector)

Is power of all indoor units turned on?
YES

Is power supplied to remote controller?
AB terminal: Approx. DC18V
YES
Are two remote controllers
set without master unit?
NO

Check remote controller P.C. board.
Defect
Replace

[E09 error]

Are two remote controllers
set without master unit?

YES

Correct as a master unit/a sub unit
(Remote controller address connector)

NO
Check remote controller P.C. board.
Defect
Replace

– 86 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
[E04 error]
NO
Does outdoor unit operate?
YES
NO
Is setup of group address correct?

Check item code [14].

YES
NO
Correct inter-unit cable.

Are 1, 2, 3 inter-unit cables normal?
YES
Are connections from connectors
of inter-terminal blocks (1, 2, 3)
of indoor/outdoor units normal?

NO
Correct connection of connector.

YES
Does voltage between
2 and 3 of inter-terminal blocks (1, 2, 3)
of indoor unit vary?*
YES

Check indoor P.C. board
(MCC-1402).
Defect
Replace

NO

®

shown in the following figure, perform measurement
* As
within 20 seconds after power ON.
Black

3

S5277G

White

2
1
Inter-terminal block

YES
Does case thermo. operate?
NO

®

Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Defect
Replace

®

MCC-5009

RAV-SM563AT-E
RAV-SM803AT-E

MCC-1531 and MCC-1438

RAV-SM1103AT-E
RAV-SM1403AT-E
RAV-SP562AT-E
RAV-SP802AT-E
RAV-SP1102AT-E
RAV-SP1402AT-E

Check outdoor P.C. board
Defect
Replace

– 87 –

Check/Correct charged
refrigerant amount.

[E10 error]

Check indoor control P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Defect
Replace

[E18 error]

NO

Correct inter-unit cable of remote controller.

Is inter-unit cable of A and B normal?
YES
Is there no disconnection
or contact error of connector on harness
from terminal block of indoor unit?

YES

Correct connection of connector.
Check circuit cables.

NO
NO

YES
Is group control operation?

Is power of all indoor units turned on?

NO

Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Defect
Replace

Check power connection of indoor unit.
(Turn on power again.)

[E08, L03, L07, L08 error]
E08
L03
L07
L08

: Duplicated indoor unit numbers
: Two or more master units in a group control
: One or more group addresses of [Individual] in a group control
: Unset indoor group address (99)

If the above is detected when power has been turned on, the mode automatically enters in automatic address setup mode. (Check code is not displayed.)
However, if the above is detected during automatic address setup mode, the check code may be displayed.

[L09 error]

YES

Set capacity data of indoor unit.
(Setup item code (DN) = 11)

Is capacity of indoor unit unset?
NO

Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Defect
Replace

– 88 –

[L20 error]
NO

Correct cable connection

Are cable connections to communication line U3, U4 normal?
YES
YES

Are not multiple same central
control network addresses connected?

Correct central control network address.

NO
Check central controller (including connection interface) indoor P.C. board.
Defect → Replace.

[L30 error]
NO

Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Defect → Replace

Are outside devices of connector CN80 connected?
YES
NO

Check outside devices.
Defect → Replace

Do outside devices normally operate?
YES
Check operation cause.

[P10 error]
Is connection of float switch connector
(Indoor control P.C. board CN34) normal?

NO

Correct connection of connector.

YES
NO

Does float switch
operate?

Is circuit
cabling normal?

NO

Check and correct cabling/wiring.

YES

YES

Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Defect → Replace
NO

Does drain pump
operate?

Is power of drain
pump turned on?

NO

Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Defect → Replace

YES

YES

Replace drain pump.
Check cabling.

Check drain pipe, etc.

[F10 error]
NO

Is connection of TA sensor connector
(indoor P.C. board CN104) normal?

Correct connection of connector.

YES
NO
Are characteristics of TA sensor resistance value normal?
YES

Replace TA sensor.

* Refer to Characteristics-1.
Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Defect → Replace

– 89 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
[P12 error]


Turn off the power.

Are not there connections errors or
disconnection on connectors CN333 and CN334
of indoor unit P.C. board (MCC-1402)?

YES

Correct connection of connector.

NO
Remove connectors CN333 and
CN334 of indoor unit P.C. board
(MCC-1402).

Does the fan rotate without trouble
when handling the fan with hands?

NO

Replace indoor fan motor.

YES
Are resistance values between phases
at fan motor connector CN333 motor side of
indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402) correct? *1
YES

Is resistance value of fan motor connector
CN333 at motor side of indoor P.C. board
(MCC-1402) correct? *2
YES

NO

Replace indoor fan motor.

*1

• Are not coil windings between 1 (Red lead) and 3 (White lead),
between 3 (White lead) and 5 (Black lead), between
5 (Black lead) and 1 (Red lead) opened or shorted?
® For resistance, see the following values.
RAV-SM56, SM80, SM1102, SP56, SP80
® Approx. 70 to 100W
RAV-SM1103, SM1403, SP110, SP140 ® Approx. 35 to 50W
• Is not earthed between cabinet and 1, 3, 5 ® 10MW or more
NO

Replace indoor fan motor.

*2

Check resistance of fan motor position detection circuit.
Is not coil winding between 1 (Yellow lead) and 4 (Pink lead)
opened or shorted? ® Resistance: Approx. 5 to 20kW
Is signal output of indoor fan motor
position detection correct? *3
YES

NO

Replace indoor fan motor.

*3

Check fan motor position detection signal.
• Using a tester, measure the voltage between CN334 1 and 5 of
indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402) under condition that CN333 and
CN334 are mounted and the power is turned on.
® Rotate the fan slowly with hands,
and check the pin voltage
swings between 0 to 5V voltage.
• Between 4 and 5 : 5V
CN333
Check indoor P.C. board
(MCC-1402).
Defect ® Replace

CN334

– 90 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
[P22 error]

Are connections of CN301 and
CN300 of P.C. board correct?
YES
Does the fan rotate without trouble
when handling the fan with hands under condition
of removing CN301 and CN300 from P.C. board?

CN301, * CN303

NO

YES
The status that the resistance values
between leads below are 50 to 80W
for 40W motor (ICF-140-40) and 25 to 55W
for 60W motor (ICF-140-60-1) is normal.
Between 1 (Red lead) and 2 (White lead)
Between 2 (White lead) and 3 (Black lead)
Between 3 (Black lead) and 1 (Red lead)
of motor winding of connector (CN301)

NO

CN300

YES
The status that there is
5k to 20kΩ resistance values between
1 (Yellow lead) and 4 (Pink lead)
of motor position detection of
connector (CN300) is normal.

CN300 : Motor coil winding
CN301 : Motor position detection
NO

* CN301, CN303 : Motor coil winding

CN300, CN302 : Motor position detection
SM110, SM140, SP56, SP80, SP110, SP140

YES

Normal fan motor
(Control or CDB P.C. board)

Defective fan motor

(Control P.C. board or CDB P.C. board)
NOTE :
However, GND circuit error inside of the motor is rarely detected even if the above check is carried out.
When the circuit does not become normal even if P.C. board has been replaced, replace outdoor fan motor.

Single phase
RAV-SM563AT-E
RAV-SM803AT-E

RAV-SP562AT-E, SP802AT-E
RAV-SM1103AT-E, SM1403AT-E

RAV-SP1102AT-E, SP1402AT-E

Control P.C. board

CDB P.C. board

CDB P.C. board

Fan motor winding

CN300

CN301

CN301/CN303

Motor position detection

CN301

CN300

CN300/CN302

Objective P.C. board

– 91 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
[P19 error]

Is operation of
4-way valve normal?

NO

Is voltage applied
to 4-way valve coil terminal
in heating operation?

YES
NO

NO

YES

Is flow of refrigerant
by electron expansion
valve normal?

®

Check 4-way valve
Defect
Replace

YES

Check and replace
electron expansion
valve.

NO
Is circuit cable normal?
YES

NO

Check and correct circuit.

Are characteristics
of TC sensor resistance
value normal?

* Refer to Characteristics-2. YES
NO
Check CDB P.C. board.

Replace TC sensor.

YES

®

®

Check CDB P.C. board.
Defect
Replace

Check indoor P.C. board.
Defect
Replace

* For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, check control P.C. board.

• In cooling operation, if high pressure is abnormally raised, [P19 error] / [08 error] may be displayed.
In this case, remove cause of pressure up and then check again referring to the item [P04 error] / [21 error].

[F02 error]

Is connection of TC sensor connector
(Indoor P.C. board CN101) normal?

NO

Correct connection of connector.

YES
Are characteristics of
TC sensor resistance value normal?
YES

NO

Replace TC sensor.

* Refer to Characteristics-2.

Check indoor P.C. board
(MCC-1402).
Defect
Replace

®

– 92 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
[F01 error]

Is connection of TCJ sensor connector
(Indoor P.C. board CN102) normal?

NO

Correct connection of connector.

YES
Are characteristics of
TCJ sensor resistance value normal?
YES

NO

Replace TCJ sensor.

* Refer to Characteristics-2.

Check indoor P.C. board
(MCC-1402).
Defect
Replace

®

[P26 error]
NO

Improve the power supply line.

Is power voltage normal?
YES
Are connections of
cabling/connector normal?

Check and correct circuit cables.
Correct connection of connector.
Check and correct reactor connection.

NO

YES
* For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E,
check RY01 on the control P.C. board.
Does RY01 relay of
IPDU operate?

YES

Are not “P26” and “14” errors output
when an operation is performed by
removing 3P connector of compressor?

NO

NO

YES
* Single-phase type is not provided to
RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E.
Replace IPDU.

YES
Is not AC fuse fused?

* Replace control P.C. board of
RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E.

NO

Replace IPDU.

NO
Is compressor normal?

* Replace control P.C. board
of RAV-SM563AT-E,
SM803AT-E.

YES

®

®

Check IPDU.
Defect
Replace

Check rare short of compressor trouble.
Defect
Replace

– 93 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
[P29 error]

NO

Are connections of
cable/connector normal?

Check and correct circuit cabling
such as cabling to compressor.

YES
NO
Is compressor normal?
YES
YES

Compressor error ® Replace

Is not earthed?
NO
Is not winding shorted?
(Is resistance between windings 0.6 to 1.2W?)

YES

Compressor error ® Replace

NO
YES
Is not winding opened?

Compressor error ® Replace

NO

Check IPDU P.C. board.
Defect ® Replace

* For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E,
replace control P.C. board.

[H03 error]

Are cablings of power and
current sensor normal?

NO

Check and correct circuit cables.

YES

Check IPDU.
Defect ® Replace

* For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, replace control P.C. board.

– 94 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
[F06 error]

Are connections of
TE/TS sensor connectors of
CDB CN604/CN605 normal?
YES
Are characteristics of TE/TS sensor
resistance values normal?

NO

Correct connection of connector.

* (For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, CN600 TE sensor and CN603 TS sensor)
NO

Replace TE and TS sensors.

YES

®

Check CDB.
Defect
Replace

* Refer to Characteristics-3.

[F04 error]

Is connection of TD sensor connector
of CDB CN600 normal?
YES
Are characteristics of TD sensor
resistance value normal?

NO

Correct connection of connector.

* (For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, CN601 TD sensor)
NO

Replace TD sensor.

YES

®

Check control P.C. board.
Defect
Replace

* Refer to Characteristics-4.

[F08 error]

Is connection of TO sensor connector
of CDB CN601 normal?
YES
Are characteristics of TO sensor
resistance value normal?

NO

Correct connection of connector.

* (For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, CN602 TO sensor)
NO

Replace TO sensor.

YES

®

Check CDB.
Defect
Replace

* Refer to Characteristics-5.

– 95 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
[L29 error]

Are connections of
CDB CN800 and CDB IPDU CN06
connectors normal?

NO

Correct connection of connector.

YES
Was the error just after
power ON determined?

YES

NO
Are cabling/connector normal?

Check cabling between IPDU
and CDB and connector.

YES

NO

®

IPDU P.C. board error
Defect
Replace

YES

Improve and eliminate the cause.

Is there no abnormal overload?
NO
Is IPDU P.C. board come to
closely contact with heat sink?

NO

Correct mounting.

YES

®

IPDU P.C. board error
Defect
Replace

[H02 error]

NO

Improve power line.

Is power voltage normal?
YES
Are connections of
cable/connector normal?

Check and correct circuit cabling such
as cabling to compressor
(phase missing) and connector.

NO

YES
NO
Is compressor normal?

Is there no
slackened refrigerant?

YES

NO

Compressor lock

® Replace

YES
Does electron expansion
valve normally operate?

NO

YES

®

Check IPDU and CDB.
Defect
Replace

– 96 –

®

®

Check TE and TS sensors. Replace
Check electron expansion valve. Replace

* For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E,
replace control P.C. board.

Revised : Mar. 2007
[P03 error]

Is protective control such as
discharge temprelease control normal?

NO

Are connections of
cable/connector normal?

YES

NO

Correct the cabling and
connection of connector.

YES
Check parts. Defect

NO

® Replace

Check and correct the charged
refrigerant amount.

Is charged refrigerant amount normal?
YES
YES

Improve and delete the cause

Is not abnormal overload?
NO
Are characteristics of
TD sensor resistance value normal?
YES

NO

Replace TD sensor.

* Refer to Characteristics-4.

®

Check CDB.
Defect
Replace
* For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, replace control P.C. board.

[H01 error]

Is power voltage normal?

NO

Improve power line.

YES
YES

Improve and delete the cause.

Is not abnormal overload?
NO
Is the circuit detected by
current sensor normal?

NO
Check and correct circuit cables.

YES

®

Check IPDU.
Defect
Replace
* For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, replace control P.C. board.

– 97 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
[P04 error]

Is high-voltage
protective operation by
TE sensor normal?

NO

YES
NO

Is connection of cabling
connector normal?

Correct connection of
cabling connector.

YES

®

Check TE sensor.
Defect
Replace
NO

Does cooling outdoor fan
normally operate?
YES

NO

Is connection of
connector normal?

Correct connection of
connector.

YES
NO
Is fan motor normal?

Replace fan motor.

YES
NO
Does PMV normally operate?
YES
Do not TD and TO sensors
come off the detection part?

Correct coming-off.

YES

Check TE, TC, TS sensors.
Replace electron expansion valve.

Are characteristics of
TD, TO, TC sensor resistance
values normal?
YES
Check charged refrigerant amount.
Check liquid/gas valves.
Check abnormal overload.

NO

NO

Replace TD, TO,
and TC sensors.

* Refer to Characteristics-3 and 4.

®

Check CDB.
Defect
Replace
* For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, replace control P.C. board.

– 98 –

[C06 error] (Central controller)
NO
Is U3, U4 communication line normal?

Correct communication line.

YES
Are connections between connectors
CN51 of connection interface P.C. board
and connectors CN51 of indoor P.C. board
normal?

NO

Correct connection of connector.

YES
NO
Is A, B communication line normal?

Check connections of A, B terminal blocks.
Correct communication line of remote controller.

YES
YES
Is there no connection error of power line?

Correct power cable.

NO
YES
Is not power of source power supply turned on?

Turn on the source power supply.

NO
YES
Did a power failure occur?

Clear the check code.

NO
YES
Is there no noise source, etc.?

Eliminate noise, etc.

NO
Can central remote controller
control normally other indoor units?
Is handling of central remote controller reflected
on the operation status of indoor unit?

NO
(Same as others)

Check central controller.
Defect → Replace

YES
Can handy remote controller control
normally other indoor units?

NO

YES

Check connection interface P.C. board.
Defect → Replace

– 99 –

Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Defect → Replace

[E03 error] (Master indoor unit)
[E03 error] is detected when the indoor unit cannot receive a signal sent from the main remote controller (and
central controller).
In this case, check the communication cables of the remote controllers A and B, the central control system X
and Y. As communication is disabled, [E03] is not displayed on the main remote controller and the central
controller. [E01] is displayed on the main remote controller and [97 error] on the central controller, respectively.
If [E03] occurs during an operation, the air conditioner stops.
[F29 error] / [12 error]
[F29 error] or [12 error] indicates detection of trouble which occurred on IC10 non-volatile memory (EEPROM)
on the indoor unit P.C. board during operation of the air conditioner. Replace the service P.C. board.
* If EEPROM has not been inserted when the power was turned on or if EEPROM data never be read/written,
the automatic address mode is repeated. In this time, the central controller displays [97 error].

(Power ON)
(Approx. 3 minutes)
[SET] is displayed on
main remote controller.
(Approx. 1 minute)
[SET] goes off.
(Repetition)
LED (D02) on
indoor unit P.C. board flashes
with 1Hz for approx. 10 seconds.

Reboot
(Reset)

[P31 error] (Sub indoor unit)
When the master unit of a group operation has detected [E03], [L03], [L07], or [L08] error, the sub unit of the
group operation detects [P31 error] and then it stops. There is no display of the check code or alarm history of
the main remote controller.
(In this model, the mode enters in automatic address set mode when the master unit has detected [E03], [L03],
[L07], or [L08] error.)

– 100 –

10-4-2. Relational Graph of Temperature Sensor Resistance Value and Temperature

20

40

TA sensor

TC, TCJ sensor
30

Caracteristics-2

Caracteristics-1

Resistance
(kW)

Resistance
(kW)

10

20

10

0

10

20

30

40

0
–10

50

0

10

Temperature [˚C]

20

30

40

50

60

70

Temperature [˚C]

20

200

TE, TO, TS sensor

Caracteristics-3

Resistance
(kW)
(10˚C or higher)

Resistance
(kW)
(10˚C or lower)

10

100

0

0
-10

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Temperature [˚C]

TD sensor
200

20

Caracteristics-4

Resistance
(kW)
(50˚C or higher)

Resistance
(kW)
(50˚C or lower)

10

100

0

0
50

100

Temperature [˚C]

– 101 –

11. REPLACEMENT OF SERVICE INDOOR P.C. BOARD
[Requirement when replacing the service indoor P.C. board assembly]
In the non-volatile memory (Hereinafter said EEPROM, IC10) installed on the indoor P.C. board before replacement, the type and capacity code exclusive to the corresponding model have been stored at shipment from the
factory and the important setup data such as system/indoor/group address set in (AUTO/MANUAL) mode or
setting of high ceiling selection have been stored at installation time. Replace the service indoor P.C. board
assembly according to the following procedure.
After replacement, check the indoor unit address and also the cycle by a test run.



CASE 1
Before replacement, power of the indoor unit can be turned on and the setup data can be readout
from the wired remote controller.
Read EEPROM data *1

ò
Replace service P.C. board & power ON *2

ò
Write the read data to EEPROM *3

ò
Power reset (All indoor units in the group when group operation)

CASE 2
Before replacement the setup data can not be readout from the wired remote controller.
Replace service P.C. board & power ON *2

ò
Write the data such as high ceiling setup to EEPROM (According to the customers’ information) *3

ò
Power reset (All indoor units in the group when group operation)

– 102 –

r1 Readout of the setup data from EEPROM
(Data in EEPROM contents, which have been changed at the local site, are read out together with data in EEPROM
set at shipment from the factory.)
TEST
CL
SET
buttons of the remote controller at the same time for 4 seconds or more. 1
1. Push , , and
(Corresponded with No. in Remote controller)
When group operation, the master indoor unit address is displayed at the first time. In this time, the item code
(DN) 10 is displayed. The fan of the selected indoor unit operates and the louver starts swinging if any.
UNIT
2. Every pushing
button, the indoor unit address in the group are displayed successively. 2
Specify the indoor unit No. to be replaced.
/
buttons, the item code (DN) can be moved up and down one by one. 3
3. Using the set temperature
4. First change the item code (DN) from 10 to 01.
(Setting of filter sign lighting time) Make a note of the set data displayed in this time.
5. Next change the item code (DN) using the set temperature
/
buttons. Also make a note of the set data.
6. Repeat item 5. and make a note of the important set data as shown in the later table (Ex.).
• 01 to FF are provided in the item code (DN). On the way of operation, DN No. may come out.
TEST
button to return the status to usual stop status. 6
7. After finishing making a note, push
(Approx. 1 minute is required to start handling of the remote controller.)

Minimum requirements for item code

10

Type

11

Indoor unit capacity

12

Line address

13

Indoor address

14

Group address

1) Type and capacity of the indoor unit is necessary to set the revolutions
frequency of the fan.
2) If Line/Indoor/Group addresses differ from those before replacement, the
mode enters in automatic address setup mode and a manual resetting
may be required.
Notes)
MCC-1402
When
replacement
CN34

Set Short-circuit-plug on the same
position as the P. C. board to replace.
CN112
CN111
CN110

Contents

DN

If short-circuit-plug is inserted in
CN34 of the P. C. board to replace,
re-use it in service P. C. board.

r2 Replacement of service P.C. board
1. Replace the P.C. board with a service P.C. board.
In this time, setting of jumper line (cut) or setting of (short-circuit) connecting connectors on the former P.C. board
should be reflected on the service P.C. board. (See Appendix 1, page 4)
2. According to the system configuration, turn on power of the indoor unit with any method in the following items.
a) In case of single (individual) operation
Turn on the power supply.
1) Wait for completion of automatic address setup mode (Required time: Approx. 5 minutes) and then
proceed to r3.
(Line address = 1, Indoor address = 1, Group address = 0 (Individual) are automatically set.)
TEST
CL
SET
buttons of the remote controller at the same time for 4 seconds or more
2) Push , , and
(1 operation), interrupt the automatic address setup mode, and then proceed to r3.
(Unit No. ALL is displayed.)
b) In case of group operation
Turn on power of the indoor unit of which P.C. board has been replaced with the service P.C. board with any
method in the following items.
1) Turn on power of the replaced indoor unit only.
(However, the remote controller is also connected.
Otherwise r3 operation cannot be performed.)
Same as 1) and 2) in item a).
2) Turn on power of the multiple indoor units including replaced indoor unit.
• Only 1 system for twin, triple, double twin
• For all units in the group
Wait for completion of automatic address setup mode (Required time: Approx. 5 minutes) and then proceed to
r3.
* The master unit of a group may change by setup of automatic address. The line address/indoor address of the
replaced indoor unit are automatically set to the vacant addresses except addresses belonging to other indoor
units which have not been replaced. It is recommended to make a note that the refrigerant line which includes the
corresponding indoor unit and that the corresponding indoor unit is master or sub in the group control.

– 103 –

r3 Writing of the setup contents to EEPROM
(The contents of EEPROM installed on the service P.C. board have been set up at shipment from the factory.)
TEST
CL
SET
buttons of the remote controller at the same time for 4 seconds or more. 1
1. Push , , and
(Corresponded with No. in Remote controller )
In group operation control, the master indoor unit No. is displayed at the first time. (If the automatic address
setup mode is interrupted in item 2. - a) - 2) in the previous page, the unit No. ALL is displayed.) In this time,
the item code (DN) 10 is displayed. The fan of the selected indoor unit operates and the louver starts
swinging if any.
UNIT
2. Every pushing
button, the indoor unit numbers in the group control are displayed successively. 2
Specify the indoor unit No. of which P.C. board has been replaced with a service P.C. board.
(When the unit No. ALL is displayed, this operation cannot be performed.)
/
buttons, the item code (DN) can be moved up and down one by one. 3
3. Using the set temperature
4. First set a type and capacity of the indoor unit.
(Setting the type and capacity writes the data at shipment from the factory in EEPROM.)
1) Set the item code (DN) to 10. (As it is)
2) Using the timer time
/
buttons, set up a type. 4
(For example, 4-way air discharge cassette type is 0001) Refer to the attached table.
SET
button. (OK when the display goes on.) 5
3) Push
4) Using the set temperature
/
buttons, set 11 to the item code (DN).
5) Using the timer time
/
buttons, set the capacity.
(For example, 0012 for class 80) Refer to the attached table.
SET
6) Push
button. (OK when the display goes on.)
TEST
7) Push
button to return the status to usual stop status. 6
(Approx. 1 minute is required to start handling of the remote controller.)
5. Next write the contents which have been set up at the local site such as the address setup in EEPROM.
Repeat the above procedure 1. and 2.
6. Using the set temperature
/
buttons, set 01 to the item code (DN).
(Setup of lighting time of filter sign)
7. The contents of the displayed setup data in this time should be agreed with the contents in the previous
memorandum in r1.
1) If data disagree, change the displayed setup data to that in the previous memorandum by the timer time
SET
/
buttons, and then push
button. (OK when the display goes on.)
2) There is nothing to do when data agrees.
8. Using the set temperature
/
buttons, change the item code (DN).
As same as the above, check the contents of the setup data and then change them to data contents in the
previous memorandum.
9. Then repeat the procedure 7. and 8.
TEST

10. After completion of setup, push
button to return
the status to the usual stop status. 6
(Approx. 1 minute is required to start handling of
the remote controller.)
* 01 to 9F are provided in the item code (DN).
On the way of operation, DN No. may come out.
When data has been changed by mistake and
SET
, button has been pushed, the data can be
returned to the data before change by pushing
CL
button if the item code (DN) was not yet
changed.



SET DATA
UNIT No.

R.C.

TEMP.

3
4
6
1

– 104 –

No.

FILTER
RESET TEST

ON / OFF

TIMER SET

FAN

MODE

TIME

SWING/FIX

VENT

SET

CL

UNIT

5
2

Revised : Mar. 2007
Memorandum for setup contents (Item code table (Example))
DN

Item

Memo

01

Filter sign lighting time

According to type

02

Dirty state of filter

0000: Standard

03

Central control address

0099: Unfixed

06

Heating suction temp shift

0002: +2°C (Floor type: 0)

0F

Cooling only

0000: Shared for cooling/heating

10

Type

According to model type

11

Indoor unit capacity

According to capacity type

12

Line address

0099: Unfixed

13

Indoor unit address

0099: Unfixed

14

Group address

0099: Unfixed

19

Louver type (Adjustment of air direction)

According to type

1E

Temp difference of automatic cooling/
heating selecting control points

0003: 3 deg (Ts ± 1.5)

28

Automatic reset of power failure

0000: None

2A

Option

0002:

2b

Thermo output selection (T10 ‡B)

0000: Thermo ON

2E

Option

0000:

32

Sensor selection

0000: Body sensor

5d

High ceiling selection

0000: Standard

60

Timer set (Wired remote controller)

0000: Available

8b

Correction of high heat feeling

0000: None

At shipment

Type
Item code [10]
Setup data

Type

Abbreviated name

0001*

4-way air discharge cassette

RAV-SM563/803/1103/1403UT-E, RAV-SP1102UT-E

0004

Concealed duct

RAV-SM562/802/1102/1402BT-E

0007

Under ceiling

RAV-SM562/802/1102/1402CT-E

* Initial setup value of EEPROM installed on the service P.C. board

Indoor unit capacity
Item code [11]
Setup data

SM563UT-E, SM562BT-E, SM562CT-E
SM803UT-E, SM802BT-E, SM802CT-E

0000*

Invalid

0009

56

0012

80

Setup data

RAV-SM1103UT-E, SM1403UT-E, SM1102BT-E, SM1402BT-E, SM1102CT-E, SM1402CT-E
RAV-SP1102UT-E

0000*

Invalid

0015

110

0017

140

* Initial setup value of EEPROM installed on the service P.C. board

– 105 –

Revised : Mar. 2007

12. SETUP AT LOCAL SITE AND OTHERS
12-1. Indoor Unit
12-1-1. Test Run Setup on Remote Controller
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM803UT-E, RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E

TEST
1. When pushing button on the remote controller for 4 seconds or more, “TEST” is displayed on LC display.
ON / OFF

button.
Then push
• “TEST” is displayed on LC display during operation of Test Run.
• During Test Run, temperature cannot be adjusted but air volume can be selected.
• In heating and cooling operation, a command to fix the Test Run frequency is output.
• Detection of error is performed as usual. However, do not use this function except case of Test Run because it applies load on the unit.
2. Use either heating or cooling operation mode for [TEST].
NOTE : The outdoor unit does not operate after power has been turned on or for approx. 3 minutes after
operation has stopped.
TEST
3. After a Test Run has finished, push
button again and check that [TEST] on LC display has gone off.
(To prevent a continuous test run operation, 60-minutes timer release function is provided to this remote
controller.)


(4-way Air Discharge Cassette Type only)

1
2
3

4
5

Turn off power of the unit.
Remove the adjuster attached with sensors from the ceiling panel. For removing, refer to the Installation
manual attached to the ceiling panel. (Be careful to handle the adjuster because cables are connected to
the sensor.) Remove the sensor cover from the adjuster. (1 screw)
Change ON of Bit [1: TEST] of the sensor P.C. board switch [S003] to OFF.
Mount the sensor cover and mount the adjuster with sensor to the ceiling panel.
Turn on power of the unit.
ON / OFF

Push
button on the wireless remote controller and select [COOL] or [HEAT] operation
MODE
button.
mode using
(All the display lamps of sensors on the wireless remote controller flash during Test Run.)
• Do not perform Test Run operation in other modes than [HEAT] / [COOL] mode.
• Detection of error is performed as usual.
After Test Run operation, push

ON / OFF

button to stop the operation.

Turn off power of the unit.
Return Bit [1] of the sensor P.C. board switch [S003] to the original position. (ON ® OFF)
Mount the adjuster with sensors to the ceiling panel.
Bit 1 : OFF to ON
S003
1

2

3

4

ON

Sensor cover
Sensor P.C. board

Adjust corner cap

– 106 –

(Except 4-way Air Discharge Cassette Type and Under Ceiling Type)

1
2

3
4

Remove a screw which fixes the serial olate of the receiver part on the wireless remote
controller.
Remove the nameplate of the reciver section by inserting a minus screwdriver, etc. into the notch at the
bottom of the plate, and set the Dip switch to [TEST RUN ON].
Execute a test operation with
button on the wireless remote controller.
•
,
and
LED flash during test operation.
• Under status of [TEST RUN ON], the temperature adjustment from the wireless remote controller is
invalid.
Do not use this method in the operation other than test operation because the equipment is damaged.
Use either [COOL] or [HEAT] operation mode for test operation.
• The outdoor unit does not operate approx. 3 minutes
after power-ON and operation stop.
After the test operation finished, stop the air
conditioner from the wireless remote controller,
and return Dip switch of the sensor section as before.
(A 60 minutes timer clearing function is attached to the sensor
section in order to prevent a continuous test operation.)

Receiver unit
Spacer

M4 × 25 screw
(2 pieces)

Notch

Nameplate

Small screw

(Under Ceiling Type only)

2
3

4
5

Turn off power of the air conditioner.
Remove the adjust corner cap attached with sensor section from the ceiling panel. For removing method,
follow to the installation manual attached to the ceiling panel. (Be careful to handle the sensor section
because cables are connected to the sensor section.)
Remove the sensor cover from the adjust corner cap. (1 screw)
Change Bit [1: TEST] of the switch [S003] on the sensor P.C. board from OFF to ON.
Mount the sensor cover and attach the adjust corner cap with with sensors to the ceiling panel.
Turn on power of the air conditioner.
Push
button of the wireless remote controller and select an operation mode [COOL] or
MODE
button. (All the display lamps of the wireless remote controller sensor
[HEAT] with
section flash during the tst operation.)
• Do not use operation mode other than [COOL] or [HEAT].
• Error is detected as usual.
When the test operation has finished, push button to stop the operation.
Turn off power of the air conditioner.
Change Bit [1] of the switch [S003] on the sensor
P.C. board from ON to OFF. Attach the adjust
corner cap with sensors to the ceiling panel.

1 2 3 4

1

2
3
4

– 107 –

ON


Procedure

Description
Turn on power of the air conditioner.

1

The operation is not accepted for 5 minutes when power has been turned on at first time after installation,
and 1 minute when power has been turned on at the next time and after. After the specified time has
passed, perform a test operation.

2

Push [Start/Stop] button and change the operation mode to [COOL] or [HEAT] with [Mode] button.
Then change the fan speed to [High] using [Fan] button.
Test cooling operation

Test heating operation

Set temperature to [18°C] using [Temperature set]
button.

Set temperature to [30°C] using [Temperature set]
button.

4

After checking the receiving sound “Pi”, immediately
push [Temperature set] button to set to [19°C]

After checking the receiving sound “Pi”, immediately
push [Temperature set] button to set to [29°C].

5

After checking the receiving sound “Pi”, immediately
push [Temperature set] button to set to [18°C].

After checking the receiving sound “Pi”, immediately
push [Temperature set] button to set to [30°C].

3

Then repeat the procedure

6

4→5→4→5.

After approx. 10 seconds, all the display lamps on the sensor part of wireless remote controller,
[Operation] (Green), [Timer] (Green), and [Ready] (Yellow) flash and the air conditioner starts operation.
If the lamps do not flash, repeat the procedure

7

2 and after.

After the test operation, push [Start/Stop] button to stop the operation.


Test cooling operation:
Start → 18°C → 19°C → 18°C → 19°C → 18°C → 19°C → 18°C → (Test operation) → Stop
Test heating operation:
Start → 30°C → 29°C → 30°C → 29°C → 30°C → 29°C → 30°C → (Test operation) → Stop

Be sure to set the
air speed to [High]

2

3, 4, 5, 6
2, 7

– 108 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
Item No. (DN) table (Selection of function)
DN

Item

Description

At shipment

01

Filter sign lighting
time

0000 : None
0002 : 2500H (4-Way/Duct/Ceiling Type)

0002 for D.I. and S.D.I.
models

02

Dirty state of filter

0000 : Standard

0001 : High degree of dirt
(Half of standard time)

0000 : Standard

03

Central control
address

0001 : No.1 unit
0099 : Unfixed

to

0064 : No.64 unit

0099 : Unfixed

06

Heating suction temp 0000 : No shift
shift
0002 : +2°C

to

0001 : +1°C
0010 : -10°C
(Up to recommendation + 6)

0002 : +2°C
(Floor type 0000: 0°C)

0001 : Cooling only
(No display of [AUTO] [HEAT])

0000 : Shared for cooling/
heating

0F

Cooling only

0000 : Heat pump

10

Type

0001 : SM563/803/1103/1403UT, SP1102UT type
0004 : SM562/802/1102/1402BT type
0007 : SM562/802/1102/1402CT type

According to model type

11

Indoor unit capacity

0000 : Unfixed
0009 : 56 type
0015 : 110 type

According to capacity type
0012 : 80 type
0017 : 140 type

12

Line address

0001 : No.1 unit

to

0030 : No.30 unit

0099 : Unfixed

13

Indoor unit address

0001 : No.1 unit

to

0064 : No.64 unit

0099 : Unfixed

14

Group address

0000 : Individual
0002 : Sub of group

0001 : Master of group

0099 : Unfixed

19
1E

Temp difference of
0000 : 0 deg
to
0010 : 10 deg
automatic cooling/
(For setup temperature, reversal of COOL/HEAT by ± (Data value)/2)
heating mode
selection COOL →
HEAT, HEAT →COOL

0003 : 3 deg
(Ts±1.5)

28

Automatic restart of
power failure

0000 : None

2A

Option

2b

Thermo output
selection (T10 ƒ )

2E

Option

0000 : Default

30

Option

0000 : Default

31

Option

0000 : Default

32

Sensor selection

0000 : Body TA sensor

0001 : Remote controller sensor

0000 : Body sensor

33

Temperature
indication

0000 : °C (celsius)

0001 : °F (Fahrenheit)

0000 : °C

40

Option

0003 : Default

5d

High ceiling selection 0000 : Standard filter
(Air volume selection) 0001 : Oil guard, Super-long life, Optical regenerative deodorization
0003 : High performance (65%), High performance (90%),
High antibacterial performance (65%)

0000 : Standard

60

Timer set
(Wired remote
controller)

0000 : Available (Operable)

0001 : Unavailable (Operation prohibited)

0000 : Available

8b

Correction of high
heat feeling

0000 : None

0001 : Correction

0000 : None

0000 : None

0001 : Restart

0002 : Default
0000 : Indoor thermo ON
0001 : Output of outdoor comp-ON receiving

– 109 –

0000: Thermo. ON

12-1-2. Cabling and Setting of Remote Controller Control
2-remote controller control
(Controlled by two remote controllers)
One or multiple indoor units are controlled by two
remote controllers.
(Max. 2 remote controllers are connectable.)
• 1 indoor unit is controlled by 2
remote controllers


(4-Way Air Discharge Cassette Type only)
How to set wireless remote controller to sub
remote controller
Change OFF of Bit [3: Remote controller Sub/Master]
of switch S003 to ON.
S003

1

A B

2

A B

Sensor
cover

3

Sold separately

4

ON

Remote controller Remote controller
switch (Master)
switch (Sub)
Sold separately

Bit 1 : OFF to ON

Sensor P.C. board

Adjust
corner cap

Remote controller
cables (Procured locally)
Terminal block for
remote controller cables
A B
Indoor unit
1 2 3

1 2 3
Outdoor unit

(Setup method)
One or multiple indoor units are controlled by two
remote controllers.
(Max. 2 remote controllers are connectable.)

[Operation]
1. The operation contents can be changed by Lastpush-priority.
2. Use a timer on either Master remote controller or
Sub remote controller.

(Except 4-Way Air Discharge Cassette Type and
Under Ceiling Type)
How to set wireless remote controller as sub
remote controller
Turn Bit [3: Remote controller Sub/Master] of the
switch S003 from OFF to ON.
Rear cover


How to set wired remote controller
as sub remote controller
Change DIP switch inside of the rear side of the
remote controller switch from remote controller
master to sub. (In case of RBC-AMT31E)

ON

1

2

3

ON

4

Sensor P.C. board

S003
Bit 3 : OFF → ON

Upper case

ON

1

2

3

4

ON

Remote controller (Inside of the rear side)

1 2
Sub remote
controller
Master remote
controller

1 2

DIP switch


(Under Ceiling Type only)
How to set wireless remote controller to sub
remote controller
Change OFF of Bit [3: Remote controller Sub/Master]
of switch S003 to ON.

1 2

1 2 3 4

2
3
4

– 110 –

ON

12-1-3. Monitor Function of Remote Controller Switch
n Call of sensor temperature display

Each sensor temperature of the remote controller, indoor unit, and outdoor unit can become known by calling
the service monitor mode from the remote controller.


1
2

CL

TEST

Push +
buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more to call the service monitor mode.
The service monitor goes on, the master indoor unit No. is displayed, and then temperature of the item
code 00 is displayed.
Push the temperature setup
/
buttons to select the sensor No. (Item code) of the sensor to be monitored.
The sensor numbers are described below:

SET DATA
UNIT No.

R.C.

No.

TEMP.

2
4

FILTER
RESET TEST

ON / OFF

TIMER SET

FAN

MODE

TIME

SWING/FIX

VENT

SET

CL

UNIT

3

1


1

2

3

4

Returned to usual display

Item code

Indoor
unit data

Data name

Item code

00

Room temp. (control temp.) *1

01

Room temp. (remote controller)
Outdoor
unit data

02

Room temp. (TA)

03

Heat exchanger temp. (TCJ)

04

Heat exchanger temp. (TC)

Data name

60

Heat exchanger temp. TE

61

Outside temp. TO

62

Discharge temp. TD

63

Suction temp. TS

64
65

—
Heat sink temp. THS

*1 Only master unit in group control

3
4

The temperature of indoor units and outdoor unit in a group control can be monitored by
UNIT
button to select the indoor unit to be monitored.
pushing
Pushing

TEST

button returns the display to usual display.

– 111 –

n Calling of error history

The error contents in the past can be called.


1

SET DATA

CL

UNIT No.

TEST

Push +
buttons simultaneously for 4
seconds or more to call the service check
mode.
Service Check goes on, the item code 01 is
displayed, and then the content of the latest alarm is
displayed. The number and error contents of the
indoor unit in which an error occurred are displayed.

R.C.

No.

TEMP.

2
3

ON / OFF

TIMER SET

FAN

MODE

TIME

SWING/FIX

VENT

FILTER
RESET TEST

SET

CL

UNIT

2 In order to monitor another error history, push
/
buttons to
the set temperature
change the error history No. (Item code).
Item code 01 (Latest) → Item code 04 (Old)
NOTE : Four error histories are stored in memory.

3

Pushing
display.

TEST

1


1

button returns the display to usual

2

3

Returned to usual display


CL
Do not push
button, otherwise all the error histories of
the indoor unit are deleted.
(Group control operation)
In a group control, operation of maximum 8 indoor units can be controlled by a remote controller.
The indoor unit connected with outdoor unit (Individual/Master of twin) controls room temperature according to
setting on the remote controller.


OUT

IN

OUT

1-1

IN

OUT

Master
2-1

IN

OUT

3-1

IN

OUT

4-1

IN

7-1
Max. 8 units

Remote controller

1. Display range on remote controller
The setup range (Operation mode/Air volume select/Setup temp) of the indoor unit which was set to the
master unit is reflected on the remote controller.
2. Address setup
Turn on power of the indoor unit to be controlled in a group within 3 minutes after setting of automatic
address.
If power of the indoor unit is not turned on within 3 minutes (completion of automatic address setting), the
system is rebooted and the automatic address setting will be judged again.
1) Connect 3 In/Out cables surely.
2) Check line address/indoor address/group address of the unit one by one.
3) The unit No. (line/indoor gout address) which have been set once keep the present status as a rule if the
unit No. is not duplicated with one of another unit.

– 112 –

12-2. Setup at Local Site / Others
Model name: TCB-PCNT30TLE2

12-2-1. TCC-LINK Adapter (For TCC-LINK Central Control)
1. Function
This model is an optional P.C. board to connect the indoor unit to TCC-LINK (Central controller).
2. Microprocessor Block Diagram
Indoor unit
TCC-LINK adapter P.C. board
CN050
Indoor control
P.C. board
CN041

CN51

TCC-LINK
communication circuit

Central
controller
CN40
Terminal
resistance
SW01

TCC-LINK

MCC-1440

Terminal block
(A, B)

Communication units:
Total 64 units
Communication distance:
2000 m

Remote controller

3. TCC-LINK Wiring Connection

CAUTION
1)
2)
3)
4)

When controlling customized setup collectively, TCC-LINK adapter (This option) is required.
In case of group operation or twin/triple operation, the adapter is necessary to be connected to the main unit.
Connect the central control devices to the central control system wiring.
When controlling collectively customized setup only, turn on only Bit 1 of SW01 of the least line of the system
address No. (OFF when shipped from the factory)

∗ In case of customized setup, the address is necessary to be set up again from the wired remote
controller after automatic addressing.
Central control device

Central control device

U1 U2
U3 U4

U1 U2
U3 U4

Refrigerant line 1

Central control devices: Max. 10 units

Refrigerant line 2

Refrigerant line 3

Refrigerant line 4

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

Outdoor unit
1 2 3

Indoor/outdoor inter-unit wire (AC230V serial)

Caution 3

Central control system wiring

* Wiring for No.1 and 2 only

Indoor unit

U3 U4

1 2 3

U3 U4

Maater
unit
1 2 3

A B
TCC-LINK adapter
This product
sold separately

(

)

Caution 1

Sub
unit
1 2 3

A B

A B

Sub unit
1 2 3
A B

U3 U4

Maater unit

1 2 3

A B

A B

Caution 2
Remote controller
wiring

Remote controller

Remote controller

Remote controller

Group operation (Max. 8 units)

Remote controller
Twin/Triple operation (Example of triple)

Indoor units in all refrigerant lines: Max. 64 units
[If mixed with multi model (Link wiring), multi indoor units are included.]
* However group sub units and twin/triple sub units of customized setup are not included in number of the units.

– 113 –

Sub unit

1 2 3

4. Wiring Specifications
• Use 2-core with no polar wire.
Size
No. of wires
• Match the length of wire to wire length of the central
Up to 1000m: twisted wire 1.25mm2
control system.
2
Up to 2000m: twisted wire 2.0mm2
If mixed in the system, the wire length is
lengthened with all indoor/outdoor inter-unit wire length at side.
• To prevent noise trouble, use 2-core shield wire.
• Connect the shield wire by closed-end connection and apply open process (insulating process) to the last terminal.
Ground the earth wire to 1 point at indoor unit side. (In case of central controlling of digital inverter unit setup)

CAUTION
1) Closed-end connection of shield wire (Connect all the connecting parts of each indoor unit)
2) Apply open process to the last terminal (insulating process).
3) Ground earth wire to 1 point at indoor unit side.

Central control device
U1 U2

Caution 1

Caution 2

Caution 3

Central control system wiring

Outdoor unit

Indoor unit

U3 U4

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

Master
unit
U3 U4 1 2 3

Sub unit
1 2 3

A B

A B
Remote controller

1 2 3

Sub unit
1 2 3
U3 U4

A B

Remote controller

: TCC-LINK adapter
(This option)

A B

Remote controller

Master unit
1 2 3
A B

A B

Earth terminal

Remote controller

(Group operation)

Sub unit
1 2 3

(Triple operation)

5. P.C. Board Switch (SW01) Setup
When performing collective control by customized setup only, the setup of terminator is necessary.
• Using SW01, set up the terminator.
• Set up the terminator to only the adapter connected to the indoor unit of least line address No.
Central control device

Central control device

U1 U2
U3 U4

U1 U2
U3 U4
Refrigerant line 1

Central control devices: Max. 10 units

Refrigerant line 2

Refrigerant line 3

Refrigerant line 4

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

Outdoor unit
1 2 3

Indoor/outdoor inter-unit wire (AC230V serial)
Central control system wiring
* Wiring for No.1 and 2 only

Indoor unit

U3 U4

U3 U4

1 2 3
A B

A B

TCC-LINK adapter
This product
sold separately

(

Sub
unit
1 2 3

Master
unit
1 2 3

Sub unit
1 2 3

A B

A B

Remote controller

Remote controller

Remote controller

Remote controller

Group operation (Max. 8 units)

1 2 3

A B

A B

1
ON
OFF
Turn SW01 Bit 1 to ON.

SW01
Bit 1
OFF
OFF
ON
ON

4
OF
(OFF at shipment from factory)
OFF
(OFF at shipment from factory)
As status shipped from factory

2
OF
OFF
As status shipped from factory

Terminator
None
100Ω
75Ω
43Ω

Remote controller

Twin/Triple operation (Example of triple)

(Reference) Setup contents of switch
Bit 1
OFF
ON
OFF
ON

Sub unit

1 2 3

Remote controller wiring

)

Line address
SW01 Bit 1
SW01 Bit 2
Remarks

U3 U4

Master unit

Remarks
Mixed with multi (Link wiring) at shipment from factory
Central control by digital inverter only
Spare
Spare

– 114 –

6. External View of P.C. Board
Terminator (SW01)

52

85

7. Address Setup
In addition to set up the central control address, it is necessary to change the indoor unit number.
(Line/Indoor/Group address).
For details, refer to TCC-LINK Adapter Installation Manual.

12-3. How to set up central control address number
When connecting the indoor unit to the central control remote controller using TCC-LINK adapter, it is necessary to set up the central control address number.
• The central control address number is displayed as the line No. of the central control remote controller.

1. Setup from remote controller at indoor unit side
* If you use the network adapter P.C. board, it is effective only when No. 7 of setup switch SW01 on P.C.
board is turned off.
 Perform setup while the unit stops.

1

TEST

VENT

Push +
buttons for 4 seconds or more.
When group control is executed, first the unit No. RLL is displayed and all the indoor units in the group
control are selected. In this time, fans of all the selected indoor units are turned on. (Fig. 1)
(Keep RLL displayed status without pushing
button.)
In case of individual remote controller which is not group-controlled, Line address and Indoor unit address
are displayed.
UNIT

2
3
4

Using temperature setup
Using timer time
table (Table 1).
Push

SET

TIME

TEMP.

buttons, specify item code

03.

buttons, select the setup data. The setup data is shown in the right

button. (OK if display goes on.)

(Fig.1)

• To change the item to be set up, return to Procedure 2.

5

Push

TEST

button.
SET DATA

The status returns to usual stop status.

UNIT No.

R.C.

(Table 1)

No.

TEMP.

Setup data

Central control address No.

0001
0002
0003
:
0064

1
2
3
:
64

0099

Unset (Setup at shipment from factory)

2
1
5
– 115 –

FILTER
RESET TEST

ON / OFF

TIMER SET

FAN

MODE

TIME

SWING/FIX

VENT

SET

CL

UNIT

3
1
4

13. ADDRESS SETUP
13-1. Address Setup

When an outdoor unit and an indoor unit are connected, or when an outdoor unit is connected to each indoor
unit respectively in the group operation even if multiple refrigerant lines are provided, the automatic address
setup completes with power-ON of the outdoor unit. The operation of the remote controller is not accepted while
automatic address works. (Approx. 4 to 5 minutes)

Setup of line address of outdoor unit,
indoor unit address, and group address

Completion of cabling work

NO

Do you arbitrarily set the
indoor unit address?
YES

NO

(MANUAL)

Is refrigerant line 1 line?
YES

NO
Is group control performed?
YES

(To AUTO address mode)

Do you change setting after
automatic setting at the first time?
YES
Connect one remote controller with
one indoor unit (1 : 1) tentatively with
communication cable.

Turn on power of outdoor unit.

Set to all indoor units one by one.

Turn on power of outdoor unit.

Turn on power of outdoor unit.

(

After completion of address
setup, change is to arbitral
address/group manually.

) (

Setup of automatic
address finishes within
4 to 5 minutes.

)

END

• When the following addresses are not stored in the neutral memory (IC10) on the indoor P.C. board, a test run
operation cannot be performed. (Unfixed data at shipment from factory)
Item code

Data at shipment

Setup data range

Line
address

12

0099

0001 (No. 1 unit) to 0030 (No. 30 unit)

Indoor unit
address

13

0099

0001 (No. 1 unit) to 0030 (No. 30 unit)
Max. value of indoor units in the identical refrigerant line (Double twin = 4)

Group
address

14

0099

0000 : Individual (Indoor units which are not controlled in a group)
0001 : Master unit (1 indoor unit in group control)
0002 : Sub unit (Indoor units other than master unit in group control)

– 116 –

13-2. Address Setup & Group Control

Indoor unit No. : N - n = Outdoor unit line address N (Max. 30) - Indoor unit address n (Max. 64)
Group address : 0 = Individual (Not group control)
1 = Master unit in group control
2 = Sub unit in group control
Master unit (= 1) : The representative of multiple indoor units in group operation sends/receives signals to/from
the remote controllers and sub indoor units. (* It has no relation with an indoor unit which
communicates serially with the outdoor units.)
The operation mode and setup temperature range are displayed on the remote controller
LCD. (Except sir direction adjustment of louver)
Sub unit (= 2)
: Indoor units other than master unit in group operation
Basically, sub units do not send/receive signals to/from the remote controllers.
(Except errors and response to demand of service data)

13-2-1. System configuration
2. Single group operation

1. Single

Outdoor

Indoor

1-1
Individual (Master/Sub)

2-1
Sub

1-1
Sub

4-1
Master

3-1
Sub

8-1
Sub

Remote
controller

13-2-2. Automatic address example from unset address (No miscabling)
1. Standard (One outdoor unit)
1) Single

1-1
Individual (Master/Sub)

2) Gr operation
(Multiple outdoor units = Miltiple indoor units only with serial
communication)

2-1
Sub

1-1
Sub

4-1
Master

8-1
Sub

Max. 8 units

Only turning on source power supply (Automatic completion)
– 117 –

13-3. Address Setup
In case that addresses of the indoor units will be determined prior to piping work after cabling work

(Manual setting from remote controller)

• Set an indoor unit per a remote controller.
• Turn on power supply.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

SET

CL

(Example of 2-lines cabling)
(Real line: Cabling, Broken line: Refrigerant pipe)

TEST

OUT

OUT

IN

IN

Push
+
+
buttons simultaneously
for 4 seconds or more.
(←
← Line address)
Using the temperature setup
set 12 to the item code.
Using timer time
Push

SET

/

/

buttons, set the line address.

button. (OK when display goes on.)

(←
← Indoor unit address)
Using the temperature setup
set 13 to the item code.
Using timer time
Push

SET

buttons,

/

/

buttons,

Line address
Indoor unit address
Group address

2
1
2

buttons, set 1 to the line address.

button. (OK when display goes on.)

(←
← Group address)
Using the temperature setup
set 14 to the item code.

/

For the above example, perform setting by connecting
singly the wired remote controller without remote
controller inter-unit cable.

buttons,

Using timer time
/
buttons, set 0000 to Individual,
0001 to Master unit, and 0002 to sub unit.
Push

1
1
1

SET

Group address
Individual : 0000
Master unit : 0001
Sub unit
: 0002

In case of group control

button. (OK when display goes on.)

TEST

Push
button.
Setup completes. (The status returns to the usual stop status.)

SET DATA
UNIT No.

R.C.

No.

TEMP.

2, 5, 8
END 11

FILTER
RESET TEST

ON / OFF

TIMER SET

FAN

MODE

TIME

SWING/FIX

VENT

SET

CL

3, 6, 9
4, 7, 10

UNIT

1


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

– 118 –

8

9

10

11

END

n Confirmation of indoor unit No. position
1. To know the indoor unit addresses though position of the indoor unit body is recognized
• In case of individual operation (Wired remote controller : indoor unit = 1 : 1)
(Follow to the procedure during operation)


1
2

ON / OFF

Push

button if the unit stops.
UNIT No.

UNIT

Push
button.
Unit No. 1-1 is displayed on LCD.
(It disappears after several seconds.)
The displayed unit No. indicate line address and
indoor unit address.
(When other indoor units are connected to the
identical remote controller (Group control unit), other
UNIT
unit numbers are also displayed every pushing
button.

TEMP.

FILTER
RESET TEST

ON / OFF

TIMER SET

FAN

MODE

TIME

SWING/FIX

VENT

SET

CL

1
Operation

UNIT

2


1

2 END

2. To know the position of indoor unit body by address
• To confirm the unit No. in the group control
(Follow to the procedure during operation) (in this procedure, the indoor units in group control stop.)

The indoor unit numbers in the group control are successively displayed, and fan, louver, and drain pump of the
corresponding indoor unit are turned on.
(Follow to the procedure during operation)

1

2

3

VENT

SET DATA
UNIT No.

R.C.

No.

TEST

Push
and
buttons simultaneously for
4 seconds or more.
• Unit No. ALL is displayed.
• Fans and louvers of all the indoor units in the
group control operate.

TEMP.

1
FILTER
RESET TEST

ON / OFF

TIMER SET

FAN

MODE

TIME

SWING/FIX

VENT

SET

CL

UNIT

UNIT

Every pushing
button, the unit numbers
in the group control are successively displayed.
• The unit No. displayed at the first time indicates the
master unit address.
• Fan and louver of the selected indoor unit only
operate.
TEST

Push
button to finish the procedure.
All the indoor units in the group control stop.

– 119 –

2

3


1

2

3 END

Revised : Mar. 2007

14. DETACHMENTS
14-1. Indoor Unit
14-1-1. 4-Way Air Discharge Cassette Type
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM803UT-E, RAV-SM1103UT-E, RAV-SM1403UT-E
RAV-SP1102UT-E
No.

Part name

 Suction grille

Procedure

Remarks

REQUIREMENT
Never forget to put on the gloves at
disassembling work, otherwise an injury
will be caused.
Knob of suction grille
g

1. Detachment
1) Stop operation of the air conditioner,
and then turn off switch of the breaker.
2) Hang down the suction grille while
sliding two knobs of the suction grille
inward.
3) Remove a strap connecting the panel
and the suction grille to remove the
suction grille.
Remove
Remo
e the strap
str
strap.
ap.

2. Attachment
1) Hang the suction grille to the panel.
2) Attach the strap of the suction grille to
the panel as before.
3) Close the suction grille, slide the knobs
outward, and then fix it.

‚ Electric parts
cover

1. Detachment
1) Perform work of item 1. of .
2) Remove screws fixing the electric parts
cover. (Ø4 × 10, 3 pcs.)
3) Remove the electric parts cover from
the tentative hook, and then open the
cover.

3 screws
ws

2. Attachment
1) Close the electric parts cover and hang
the cover hole to the tentative hook.
2) Tighten the fixing screws.
(Ø4 × 10, 3 pcs.)

Tentative hook
Tentative

– 120 –

No.

Part name

ƒ Adjust corner
cap

Procedure

1. Detachment
1) Perform work of item 1. of .
2) Remove screws at 4 corners of the
suction port. (Ø4 × 10, 4 pcs.)
3) Push the knob outward and remove the
adjust corner cap by sliding it.

Remarks

Scre
Screw

2. Attachment
1) Mount the adjust corner cap by sliding
it inward.
2) Tighten screws at 4 corners of the
suction port. (Ø4 × 10, 4 pcs.)
Push outward
outw

„ Ceiling panel

1. Detachment
1) Perform works of items 1 of , 1 of ‚
and 1 of ƒ.
2) Remove the louver connector (CN33,
White, 5P) connected to the control
P.C. board, and then remove the lead
wire from the clamp.

Remove the
louver connector

NOTE :
Remove the connector by releasing
locking of the housing.
3) Remove screws fixing the ceiling panel.
(M5, 4 pcs.)
4) Push the tentative hook outward to
remove the ceiling panel.

Fixing screw

2. Attachment
1) Hang the tentative hook of the main
body drain pan to the tentative hook of
the ceiling panel.
NOTE :
A panel has directional property, so mount
a panel with attention to the marks.
2) Tighten fixing screws. (M5, 4 pcs.)
3) Connect louver connector of the ceiling
panel to connector (CN33, White, 5P)
on the control P.C. board.

– 121 –

Push the tentative
hook outward

No.

Part name

… Control P.C.
board

Procedure

Remarks

1. Detachment
1) Perform works of items 1 of  and 1 of
‚.
2) Remove connectors which are connected from the control P.C. board to
other parts.
CN33 : Louver motor (5P: White)
CN34 : Float switch (3P: Red)
CN41 : Terminal block of remote
controller (3P: Blue)
CN68 : Drain pump (3P: Blue)
CN67 : Terminal block of power supply
(5P: Black)
CN101 : TC sensor (2P: Black)
CN102 : TCJ sensor (2P: Red)
CN104 : Room temperature sensor
(2P: Yellow)
CN333 : Power supply of fan motor
(5P: White)
CN334 : Position detection of fan motor
(5P: White)
NOTE :
Remove the connector by releasing
locking of the housing.
3) Unlock locking of the card-edge spacer
at 6 positions to remove the control P.C.
board.

2. Attachment
1) Fix the control P.C. board to the cardedge spacer at 6 positions.
2) Connect the connectors removed in
item 1 to the original positions.

– 122 –

Card-edge spacer

No.

Part name

† Fan motor

Procedure

Remarks

1. Detachment
1) Perform works of items 1 of  and 1 of
‚.
2) Remove clamps of the lead wires
connected to the following connectors of
the control P.C. board.
CN33 : Louver motor (5P: White)
CN34 : Float switch (3P: Red)
CN68 : Drain pump (3P: Blue)
CN101 : TC sensor (2P: Black)
CN102 : TCJ sensor (2P: Red)
CN333 : Power supply of fan motor
(5P: White)
CN334 : Position detection of fan motor
(5P: White)

Screws fixing electric parts box

Screws fixing earth lead wires

Bell mouth

NOTE :
Remove the connector by releasing locking
of the housing.
3) Remove screws fixing earth lead wire in
the electric parts box. (Ø4 × 6, 2 pcs.)
4) Remove indoor/outdoor inter-unit cable
and remote controller cable of the
terminal block.
5) Remove screws fixing the electric parts
box. (Ø4 × 10, 5 pcs.)
6) Remove screws fixing the bell mouth.
(Ø4 × 10, 6 pcs.)
7) Remove nuts fixing the turbo fan.
(M6, 1 pc.)
8) Remove screws fixing holder of the
motor lead wires to remove the motor
lead wires from the clamp. (Ø4 × 8, 3
pcs.)
9) Remove nuts fixing the fan motor to
remove it.

Turbo fan

Motor lead holder

2. Attachment
1) Fix the parts, fan motor, holder of the
motor lead, turbo fan, bell mouth, and
electric parts box successively to their
original positions.
NOTE 1 :
When fixing the turbo fan, be sure to match
the fan boss with D-cut of the motor shaft.
NOTE 2 :
Fix the turbo fan with torque wrench
5.9 ± 0.6Nm.
2) Connect connectors, earth lead wire,
indoor/outdoor inter-unit cable, and
remote controller cable which have been
disconnected in the above item 1 as
before.

– 123 –

Fan
an motor

No.

Part name

‡ Drain pan

Remarks

Procedure

1. Detachment
1) Perform works of items 1 of , 1 of ‚, 1
of ƒ and 1 of „.
2) Remove clamps of the lead wires connected to the following connectors of the
control P.C. board.
CN34 : Float switch (3P: Red)
CN68 : Drain pump (3P: Blue)
CN101 : TC sensor (2P: Black)
CN102 : TCJ sensor (2P: Red)
CN333 : Power supply of fan motor
(5P: White)
CN334 : Position detection of fan motor
(5P: White)

Screws fixing earth lead wires

Drain cap

NOTE :
Remove the connector by releasing locking
of the housing.
3) Remove screws fixing earth lead wire in
the electric parts box. (Ø4 × 6, 2 pcs.)
4) Remove indoor/outdoor inter-unit cable
and remote controller cable of the
terminal block.
5) Remove screws fixing the electric parts
box. (Ø4 × 10, 5 pcs.)
6) Remove screws fixing the bell mouth.
(Ø4 × 10, 6 pcs.)
7) Remove the drain cap, and drain water
accumulated in the drain pan.

NOTE 1 :
When removing the drain cap, be sure to
prepare a bucket to catch the drained water.
NOTE 2 :
Thermal insulator is adhered to the drain
cap. Be careful not to peel off the insulator.
If the insulator has been peeled, adhere it
with double-face tape, etc. as before.
8) Remove screws fixing the drain pan.
(Ø4 × 8, 4 pcs.)

2. Attachment
1) Fix the parts, drain cap, drain pan, bell
mouth, and electric parts box successively to their original positions.
2) Connect connectors, earth lead wire,
indoor/outdoor inter-unit cable, and
remote controller cable which have been
disconnected in the above item 1 as
before.

– 124 –

Screws fixing drain pan

No.

Part name

ˆ Drain pump
assembly

Remarks

Procedure

1. Detachment
1) Perform works of items 1 of , 1 of ‚,
1 of ƒ, 1 of „ and 1 of ‡.
2) Picking the hose band, slide it from
pump connecting part to remove the
drain hose.
3) Remove screw fixing the drain pump
assembly, slide hooking claws of the
drain pump assembly and the main
body (1 position), and then remove the
assembly. (Ø4 × 8, 3 pcs.)

Slide to hose side.

Hose band

3. Attachment
1) Fix the drain pump assembly as before.
Pump connecting part
par

NOTE :
The drain pump is fixed with a hook and 3
screws. In screwing, be sure that screws
do not to run on hooking claw at the main
body side.
2) Attach the drain hose and hose band as
before.

NOTE :
Insert the drain hose up to the end of
pump connecting part, and bind the white
mark position of the hose with band.

Hooking claw
cla

Fixing screw
scre

– 125 –

No.

Part name

‰ Heat

exchanger

Procedure

1. Detachment
1) Recover refrigerant gas.
2) Remove refrigerant pipe at the indoor
unit side.
3) Perform works of items 1 of , 1 of
‚, 1 of ƒ, 1 of „ and 1 of ‡.
4) Remove screws fixing the pipe cover.
(Ø4 × 8, 2 pcs.)
5) Remove the heat exchanger by
removing fixing band and fixing screws
while holding the heat exchanger.
(Ø4 × 8, 3 pcs.)
2. Attachment
1) Fix the parts, heat exchanger, fixing
band, pipe cover, drain cap, drain pan,
bell mouth, and electric parts box
successively to their original positions.
2) Connect connectors, earth lead wire,
indoor/outdoor inter-unit cable, and
remote controller cable which have
been disconnected in the above item 1
as before.
3) Connect the refrigerant pipe as before,
and then perform vacuuming.

Remarks

Fixing screws

Fixing band

Fixing screws

– 126 –

14-1-2. Concealed Duct Type
RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E
Be sure to turn off the power supply or circuit breaker before disassembling work
No.

Part name

Procedure

 Electrical parts 1. Remove the air filter.
box

2. Remove the set screws (2 positions) of
the electrical parts cover.
3. Remove the electrical parts cover.
4. Remove the set screws (2 positions) of
the electrical parts box.
5. Remove the electrical parts box.
The electrical parts box is fixed to the
main unit with claws at the right side.
Lift up it once and pull toward you.
Then claws come off.

Remarks
Screws
(Fixing electrical parts cover and box)
Electrical parts cover

1 -2
1 -3
Screws
(Fixing electrical parts box and main unit)
Electrical parts box

In this time, remove connectors of TA sensor,
TC sensor and TCJ sensor if necessary.

Claw (Reverse side)

‚ Multi blade fan 1. Remove the air filter.
2. Remove the connector of the fan motor
P.C. board.
3. Remove the hexagon head screw (562: 2,
802, 1102, 1402 : 3 positions) of fixing fan
assembly and main unit.
4. Remove the fan assembly from main unit.
The fan assembly is fixed to the main unit
with claws (3 positions) at the upper side.
Lift up it once and pull toward rear side.
Then claws come off.
5. Remove the set screws (4 positions) of
fixing fan case and fan cover.
6. Remove the fan cover.
7. Loosen the sets crew of the Multi blade
fan using hexagon wrench.
8. Pull the Multi blade fan towered fan case
side.
Then fans come off.

1 -4
1 -5

Hexagon head screws
(Fixing fan assembly and main unit)

2 -3

2 -4
Fixing claw (Main unit)
Fixing hole (Fan assembly)
Fan case

Multi blade fan
Fan case cover
Set screw

2 -5
2 -6
Screws (Fixing fan case cover)

– 127 –

No.

Part name

ƒ Fan motor

Remarks

Procedure
1. Remove the Multi blade fan.
2. Remove the hexagon head screw of fixing
fan motor holder.
3. Remove the fan motor holder
(2 positions).

Fan motor holder

Fan motor

Screws
(Fixing fan motor holder)

„ Drain pan

1. Take down the main unit and then treat
the drain pan on the floor.
2. Remove the set screws (562 : 7, 802,
1102, 1402 : 9 positions) of fixing lower
plate.
3. Remove the lower plate from main unit.
4. Remove the set screws (562 : Nothing,
802 : 2 positions, 1102, 1402 : 4 positions)
of fixing drain pan holder and main unit.
5. Remove the drain pan holder (562 :
Nothing, 802 : 1 position, 1102, 1402 : 2
positions) from main unit.
6. Remove the drain pan.
Pull it lower side.

3 -2
3 -3

Screws (Fixing lower plate)
4 -2
4 -3

Lower plate

Screws
(Fixing drain pan holder)

Screws (Fixing drain pan holder)

4 -4
4 -5
Drain pan holder

… Float switch

1. Remove the drain pan.
2. Remove the set screw (1 position) of
fixing float switch holder.
3. Remove the plastics nut of foxing float
switch.
4. Remove the float switch.

Float switch

Drain pan

Float switch holder

5 -2
Screw
(Fixing float switch holder)
Float switch (View from reverse side)

5 -3
Float switch holder

– 128 –

Plastic nut

No.

Part name

† Drain pump

Procedure
1. Remove the drain pan and float switch.
2. Remove the set screws (3 positions) of
fixing drain pump plate and main unit.
3. Remove the set screws (3 positions) of
fixing drain pump plate and drain pump.

Remarks
Drain pump

Drain pump holder

6 -2
Screws (Fixing drain pump holder)
Screws (Fixing plate and drain pump)

6 -3
Drain pump holder
6 -3. View from reverse side of drain pump
(6)

‡ TC, TCJ sensor 1. Remove the set screws (5 positions) and

Checking port cover (Right side)

check port cover (right side).
2. Pull out the sensor is inserted into pipe of
the heat exchanger.

7 -1
Screws (Fixing check port cover (Right side))

ˆ Heat

exchanger

1. Take down the main unit and then treat
the heat exchanger on the floor.
2. Remove the drain pan.
3. Remove the check port cover (right side).
4. Remove the set screws (6 positions) and
check port cover (left side).
5. Remove the set screws (2 positions) of
fixing heat exchanger and main unit
(left side).
6. Remove the set screws (7 positions) of
fixing heat exchanger and main unit
(front right side).

Check port cover (Left side)

8 -4
Screws (Fixing check port cover (Left side))
Screws (Fixing heat exchanger)

8 -5
Main unit (Left side)
Main unit (Front side)

8 -6
Screws

– 129 –

14-1-3. Under Ceiling Type
RAV-SM562CT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E
Be sure to turn off the power supply or circuit breaker before disassembling work
No.

Part name

Procedure

Remarks

 Suction grille 1. Slide the suction grille fixing

Pull out suction grille
while pushing hook.
Hinge

Sli
de

knobs (2 positions) toward the
arrow direction of left figure, and
open the suction grille.
2. Under the condition of the
suction grille opened, push the
hook section of hinges (2 positions) at the rear side, and then
pull out the suction grille.

Suction grille
fixing knob

‚ Side panel

1. Open the suction grille.
2. After removing the side panel
screws (2 positions), slide the
side panel forward and then
remove it.

Suction grille

Protector
Side panel

Level flap
Slide forward.

ƒ Electrical

parts box

1. Remove the suction grille.
2. Loosen the set screws (2 positions) of the electrical parts
cover.
3. Remove the electrical parts
cover.
4. Remove the set screws
(2 positions) of the electrical
parts box.
5. Remove the electrical parts box.

Electrical parts cover

3 -2
3 -3
Screws
(Fixing electrical parts cover and box)

In this time, remove connectors of
TA sensor, TC sensor and TCJ
sensor if necessary.

3 -4
3 -5
Electrical
Electr
ical parts
par ts box
bo
Screws
(Fixing electrical parts box and main unit)

– 130 –

No.

Part name

Remarks

Procedure

„ Multi blade fan 1. Remove the suction grille.
motor

2. Remove the connector of the fan
motor from P.C. board.
3. (SM802, SM1102, SM1402CT-E
only)
Remove the set screw (1 position)
to fixing and reinforcing bar.
(Slide the reinforcing bar toward
arrow side on the left figure.)
4. Push the fan cover fixing hooks
(2 positions) forward fan cover side
and remove the fan cover.
5. (SM1102, SM1402CT-E only)
Remove the hexagon head screws
(2 positions) to fix bearing and the
bearing.
6. Remove the hexagon head screw of
fixing fan motor and fan motor
holder then the assembly removed
from the main unit.
7. Loosen the sets crew of the multi
blade fan using hexagon wrench.
8. Pull the multi blade fan towered fan
case side. Then fans come off.

Screws
(Fixing reinforcing bar and main unit)

4 -3
Reinforcing bar

4 -4
Fan cover fixing hook

Fan cover (Lower side)
Bearing

4 -5
Hexagon head screws
(Fixing bearing and main unit)
Fan motor holder

Fan motor

4 -6
Hexagon screws
(Fixing fan motor and main unit)

4 -7
Set screw of multi blade fan

– 131 –

Multi blade fan

No.

Part name

… Drain pan

† Vertical grille

Procedure

Remarks

1. Take down the main unit and then treat
the drain pan on the floor.
2. Remove the both side panels and
suction grilles.
3. (SM802, SM1102, SM1402CT-E only)
Remove the set screw (1 position) to
fixing and reinforcing bar.
(Slide the reinforcing bar toward arrow
side on the right figure.)
4. Remove the set screws (9 positions) of
fixing lower plate.
5. Remove the heat insulation on the
drain pan.
(SM562, SM802 : 1 position, SM1102,
SM1402 : 2 positions)
6. Remove the set screws
(SM562, SM802 : 1 position, SM1102,
SM1402 : 2 positions) of fixing drain
pan and main unit.
7. Remove the drain pan.
Pull it lower side.

Screws
(Fixing lower plate and main unit)

5 -4
Heat insulation
The screw that fixed drain pan and
main unit is under this insulation.

5 -5
5 -6

1. Remove the drain pan.
2. Remove the set screws (2 positions) of
fixing vertical grille.
3. Remove the vertical grille.

Vertical grille

Screws
(Fixing drain pan and vertical grille)

‡ Louver motor,
Lover drive
member

1. Remove the side cover (right side only).
2. Remove the set screws (2 positions)
and louver motor.
3. Remove the set screws (2 positions)
and louver drive member.

6 -2

Screws
(Fixing louver drive member and main unit)

Louver
motor

Louver drive
member

7 -3
Screws
(Fixing louver motor and louver drive member)

– 132 –

No.

Part name

ˆ Horizontal
louver

Remarks

Procedure
1. Push the louver holder toward arrow
direction of right figure, and pull out
the center shaft (SM562, SM802 :
1 position, SM1102, SM1402 :
2 positions) from louver holder.
2. Pull off the left and right chaft of
horizontal louver.

8 -1
Louver holder

Shaft of
horizontal louver

‰ TC, TCJ sensor 1. Remove the drain pan.
2. Remove the set screws (4 positions)
and heat exchanger support.
3. Pull out the sensor is inserted into
pipe of the heat exchanger.

Screws
(Fixing heat exchanger support)

9 -3
Heat exchanger

Š Heat

exchanger

Heat exchanger support

1. Take down the main unit and then
treat the heat exchanger on the
floor.
2. Remove the drain pan.
3. Remove the set screws (6 positions)
of fixing heat exchanger and main
unit.
10 -3
Screws
(Fixing heat exchanger and main unit)

– 133 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
14-2. Outdoor Unit
RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E
No.

Part name

 Common

procedure

Procedure

Remarks

CAUTION
Never forget to put on the gloves at
working time, otherwise an injury will be
caused by the parts, etc.

Valve
cover

1. Detachment
1) Stop operation of the air conditioner, and
turn off the main switch of the breaker for
air conditioner.
2) Remove the valve cover.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 1 pc.)
• After removing screw, remove the valve
cover pulling it downward.
3) Remove wiring cover (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2
pcs.), and then remove connecting cable.
4) Remove the upper cabinet.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
• After taking off screws, remove the
upper cabinet pulling it upward.
2. Attachment
1) Attach the waterproof cover.

Wiring
cover

Upper cabinet

CAUTION
Be sure to attach a waterproof cover.
If it is not attached, there is a possibility
that water enters inside of the outdoor
unit.

Water-proof
cover
Cord clamp

2) Attach the upper cabinet.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
• Hook the rear side of the upper cabinet
to claw of the rear cabinet, and then put
it on the front cabinet.
3) Perform cabling of connecting cables,
and fix with cord clamp.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L 3 pcs.)
4) Attach the wiring cover.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
5) Attach the valve cover.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 1 pc.)
• Insert the upper part of the upper
cabinet, set hooking claw of the valve
cover to the slit (at three positions) of
the main body, and then attach it
pushing upward.

– 134 –

Rear cabinet

Claw

No.

Part name

‚ Front cabinet

Remarks

Procedure

1. Detachment
1) Perform work of item 1 of .
2) Remove screws (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
of the front cabinet and the inverter cover.
3) Take off screws of the front cabinet and
the bottom plate. (ST1T Ø4 × 10L 3 pcs.)
4) Take off screws of the front cabinet and
the motor support.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
• The left side of the front side if made to
insert to the rear cabinet, so remove it
pulling upward.
3. Attachment
1) Insert hook at the left side of the front side
into the rear cabinet.
2) Hook the lower part at the right side of the
front to concavity of the bottom plate.
Insert the hook of the rear cabinet into the
slit of the front cabinet.
3) Attach the removed screws to the original
positions.

Motor support

Front cabinet For single-phase type models,
also take off this screw

Front cabinet (Left side)

Slit

Claw

Slit
Hook

Cord clamp

Front cabinet
Concavity at
bottom plate
Lower
slit

– 135 –

No.

Part name

ƒ Inverter

assembly

Procedure

1. Detachment
1) Perform work of item 1 of .
2) Take off screws of the upper part of the
front cabinet.
• If removing the inverter cover under this
condition, P.C. board can be checked.
• If there is no space in the upper part of
the upper cabinet, perform work of ‚.

Remarks
Screws

Front cabinet

Inverter cover

CAUTION
Be careful to check the inverter because
high-voltage circuit is incorporated in it.
3) Perform discharging by connecting + , –
polarities by discharging resistance
(approx. 100Ω, 40W) or plug of soldering
iron to + , – terminals of the C14
(printed as “CAUTION HIGH VOLTAGE”)
electrolytic capacitor (500µF) of P.C.
board.
Cord clamp

WARNING
The electrolytic capacitor may not normally discharge according to error contents and the voltage may remain. Therefore, be sure to discharge the capacitor.

WARNING
For discharging, never use a screwdriver
and others for short-circuiting between +
and – electrodes. As the electrolytic
capacitor is one with a large capacity, it is
very dangerous because a large electric
spark will occur.
4) Take off screws (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
fixing the main body and the inverter box.
5) Remove various lead wires from the
holder at upper part of the inverter box
and wiring holder at right side of the
terminal block.
6) Remove the lead wire from the bundled
part at left side of the terminal block.
7) Pull the inverter box upward.
8) Disconnect connectors of various lead
wires.

Screws

Plug of
soldering iron
Discharging
position
(Discharging
period
10 seconds
or more)

Inverter
assembly

REQUIREMENT
As each connector has a lock mechanism,
avoid to remove the connector by holding
the lead wire, but by holding the connector.

– 136 –

Remove the connectors
with locking function by
pushing the part indicated
by the arrow mark.

No.

Part name

„ Control P.C.

board assembly

Remarks

Procedure
1) Disconnect lead wires and connectors
connected from the control P.C. board
assembly to other parts.
1. Lead wires
• Connection with the power terminal
block: 3 wires (Black, White, Orange)
• Earth wire: 1 wire (Black)
2. Connectors
• Connection with compressor:
Remove 3P connector.
• Connection with reactor:
Remove the relay connectors from
P07, 08 (2P, White) and P12, 13 (2P,
Yellow)
CN300 : Outdoor fan (3P, White)
CN301 : Position detection (5P, White)
CN701 : 4-way valve (3P, Yellow)
CN600 : TE sensor (2P, White)
CN601 : TD sensor (3P, White)
CN603 : TS sensor (3P, White)
CN602 : TO sensor (3P, White)
CN500 : Case thermo. (2P, White)
CN703 : PMV (6P, White)

Take off
earth screws.

Power line

Inverter box
(Metal sheet)
Control P.C.
board assembly
P.C. board base

Hooking claws
(4 positions)

2) Remove the inverter box (Metal plate).
3) Remove the control board assembly from
P.C. board base.
(Remove the heat sink and the control
board assembly as they are screwed.)

Control P.C.
board assembly

NOTES:
1. CN300, CN301 and CN701, etc. at the
control board assembly side are connectors with locking function. Therefore,
remove the connector while pushing the
part indicated by an arrow mark.
2. Remove 4 hooking claws of P.C. board
base, and remove upward the heat sink
with hands.

P.C. board base

4) Take off 3 screws fixing the heat sink and
main control board assembly side, and
replace the board with a new one.
NOTE:
When mounting a new board, check that the
board is correctly set in the groove of the
base holder of P.C. board base.
Attach the P.C. board so that the heat sink
comes securely contact with the metal
sheet.

– 137 –

Heat sink

Inverter box
(Metal sheet)

No.

Part name

… Rear cabinet

† Fan motor

Procedure

Remarks

1) Perform works of items 1 of  and ‚, ƒ.
2) Take off fixed screws for the bottom plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 3 pcs.)
3) Take off fixed screws for the heat exchanger. (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
4) Take off fixed screw for the valve mounting
plate. (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 1 pc.)

1) Perform works of items 1 of  and ‚.
2) Take off the flange nut fixing the fan motor
and the propeller.
• Turning it clockwise, the flange nut can
be loosened.
(To tighten the flange nut, turn counterclockwise.)
3) Remove the propeller fan.
4) Disconnect the connector for fan motor
from the inverter.
5) Take off the fixing screws (3 pcs.) holding
by hands so that the fan motor does not
fall.

Rear cabinet

Flange nut

Loosen the nut by
turning clockwise

NOTE:
Tighten the flange nut with torque 4.9Nm
(50kgf/cm).
Propeller fan

Fan
motor

– 138 –

No.

Part name

‡ Compressor

Procedure

Remarks

1) Perform works of items 1 of  and
‚, ƒ, „, ….
2) Discharge refrigerant gas.
3) Remove the partition plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
4) Remove the noise-insulator.
5) Remove the terminal covers of the
compressor, and disconnect lead
wires of the compressor and the
compressor thermo assembly from
the terminal.
6) Remove pipes connected to the
compressor with a burner.

Partition plate

Compressor
lead

CAUTION
Pay attention to that flame does not
involve 4-way valve or PMV. (If doing
so, a malfunction may be caused.)
7) Take off the fixing screws of the
bottom plate and heat exchanger.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
8) Take off the fixing screws of the valve
clamping plate to the bottom plate.
9) Pull upward he refrigerating cycle.
10) Take off nut fixing the compressor to
the bottom place.

Case thermo

Heat exchanger
Remove
(Discharge pipe)

Remove
(Suction pipe)

Screw
Valve
support board

CAUTION

Screws (2 pcs.)

When reconnecting the lead wires to
the compressor terminals after
replacement of the compressor, be
sure to caulk the Faston terminal
without loosening.

ˆ Reactor

1) Perform works of item 1 of  and ƒ.
2) First take off two screws
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L) of the reactor fixed
to the reactor support.
3) Remove the reactor support from the
partition plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 4 pcs.)
4) Take off two screws
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L) directly attached to
the partition plate.

– 139 –

Compressor bolt (3 pcs.)

Reactor

Partition
plate

Reactor
support board

No.

Part name

Procedure

Remarks

‰ Pulse Modulating 1. Detachment

Valve (P.M.V.) coil 1) Perform works of items  and ‚.
2) Release the coil from the concavity by
turning it, and remove coil from the
P.M.V.

PMV body

Positioning extrusion

2. Attachment
1) Put the coil deep into the bottom
position.
2) Fix the coil firmly by turning it to the
concavity.
Concavity

PMV coil

Š Fan guard

1. Detachment
1) Perform works of items 1 of , and ‚.
2) Remove the front cabinet, and put it
down so that fan guard side directs
downward.

Minus screwdriver

CAUTION
Perform works on a corrugated cardboard, cloth, etc. to prevent flaw on the
product.
3) Remove the hooking claws by pushing
with minus screwdriver along with the
arrow mark in the right figure, and
remove the fan guard.

Hooking claw

Front cabinet

2. Attachment
1) Insert claws of the fan guard in the hole
of the front cabinet. Push the hooking
claws (10 positions) with hands and
then fix the claws.

CAUTION
All the attaching works have completed.
Check that all the hooking claws are
fixed to the specified positions.

Fan guard

– 140 –

Front cabinet

Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E / RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E
No.

Part name

 Common

procedure

Remarks

Procedure

CAUTION
Never forget to put on the gloves at
working time, otherwise an injury will be
caused by the parts, etc.

1. Detachment
1) Stop operation of the air conditioner, and
also turn off switch of the breaker.
2) Remove the front panel.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 3 pcs.)
• After taking off screws, remove the front
panel by pulling it downward.
3) Disconnect the connecting cables and
power cord from the terminals and cord
clamp.
4) Remove the upper cabinet.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 6 pcs.)

Front
cabinet

Upper plate
of cabinet

2. Attachment
1) Attach the waterproof cover.
Water-proof
cove

CAUTION
Be sure to attach a waterproof cover.
If it is not attached, there is a possibility
that water enters inside of the outdoor unit.
2) Attach the upper cabinet.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 6 pcs.)
3) Connect the connecting cable and power
cord at the terminal and fix them with cord
clamp.

CAUTION
Using bundling band sold at a market, be
sure to fix the power cables and indoor/
outdoor connecting cables along the interunit cable so that they do not come to
contact with the compressor, valves and
cables at gas side, and the discharge pipe.
4) Attach the front cabinet.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 3 pcs.)

– 141 –

No.

Part name

Procedure

Remarks

‚ Discharge port 1. Detachment
cabinet

1) Perform work of item 1 of .
2) Take off screws (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 3 pcs.)
of discharge port cabinet for the partition
plate.
3) Take off screws (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
of discharge port cabinet for the bottom
plate.
4) Take off screw (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 1 pc.) of
discharge port cabinet for the heat
exchanger.
5) Take off screws (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
of discharge port cabinet for the fin guard.

Side cabinet

Inverter

Fin guard

2. Attachment
1) Put the upper left side of the discharge
port cabinet on the end plate of the heat
exchanger, and then fix it with screw.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 1 pc.)
2) Attach the removed screws to the original
positions.

End plate of the
heat exchanger

ƒ Side cabinet

1) Perform work of item 1 of .
2) Remove screw fixing the inverter and the
side cabinet. (ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc.)
3) Remove screws of the side cabinet and
the valve support plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)
4) Remove screw of the side cabinet and the
cabling panel (Rear).
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc.)
5) Remove screw of the side cabinet and the
bottom plate. (ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc.)
6) Remove screw of the side cabinet and the
fin guard (Heat exchanger).
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)

Valve support plate

Discharge port

Side cabinet

Inverter

Side cabinet

Valve support
plate

– 142 –

Cabling panel
(Rear)

No.

Part name

„ Inverter

assembly

Remarks

Procedure
1) Perform works of items of 1) to 5) of .
2) Take off screw (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 1 pc.) of
the upper left part of the inverter cover.
• If removing the inverter cover under this
condition, P.C. board can be checked.
• If there is no space in the upper part of
the upper cabinet, perform works of
items 6) to 7) of (1) and remove the
partition fixing plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 1 pc.)

Screw
Inverter
assembly

Holder

CAUTION
Be careful to check the inverter because
high-voltage circuit is incorporated in it.

Inverter
cover

3) Perform discharging by connecting the
discharging resistance (approx. 100Ω,
40W) or plug of soldering iron to + , –
terminals of the C10 too 13 (printed as
“CAUTION HIGH VOLTAGE”) electrolytic
capacitor (760µF) of P.C. board.

Inverter
assembly

Plug of
soldering iron

WARNING
The electrolytic capacitor may not normally discharge according to error contents and the voltage may remain. Therefore, be sure to discharge the capacitor.

Left time:
10 sec. or more

WARNING
For discharging, never use a screwdriver
and others for short-circuiting between +
and – electrodes.
As the electrolytic capacitor is one with a
large capacity, it is very dangerous
because a large electric spark will occur.
4) Remove various lead wires from the
holder at upper part of the inverter box.
5) Remove the hook for the partition plate
(lower left side).
6) Remove the hook for the side cabinet
(lower left side) and the screw, and lift up
the inverter assembly upward. (ST1T Ø4
× 10L, 1 pc.) In this time, cut off the band
bundling each lead wire.

Inverter assembly

Hook for the side
cabinet (lower left side)

Screw

REQUIREMENT
As each connector has a lock mechanism,
avoid to remove the connector by holding
the lead wire, but by holding the connector.

– 143 –

Remove the connectors
with locking function by
pushing the part indicated
by the arrow mark.

No.

Part name

„ Inverter

assembly
(Continued)

Procedure

Remarks

7) Remove connectors which are connected
from the cycle P.C. board to other parts.
CN600: TD sensor (3P: White)
CN601: TO sensor (2P: White)
CN604: TE sensor (2P: White) *Note 1)
CN605: TS sensor (3P: White) *(Note 1)
CN301: Outdoor fan (3P: White) *(Note 1)
CN300: Position detection (5P: White)
CN500: Case thermo. (2P: Blue) *(Note 1)
CN702: P.M.V. (Pulse Motor Valve)
coil (6P: White) *(Note 1)
Relay connector:
4-way valve (3P: Yellow) *(Note 1)
Relay connector:
Reactor 2 pcs. (2P: White) *(Note 1)
Compressor lead: Remove terminal cover of
the compressor, and remove the lead wire
from terminal of the compressor.
*(Note 1)
Remove the connectors by releasing lock of the
housing.

Inverter box (Metal sheet)

P.C. board
base

Cycle control
P.C. board
assembly
Inverter
control
P.C. board
assembly

8) Remove various lead wires.
9) Cut off tie lap which fixes various lead wires
to the inverter assembly.

… Cycle P.C.
board

1) Remove connectors and lead wires which
are connected from the cycle P.C. board to
other parts.
1. Connector
CN01 : Connection with IPDU P.C. board
(5P, Red) *(Note 1)
CN02 : Indoor/Outdoor connection
terminal block (5P, Black)
CN03 : Connection with IPDU P.C. board
(3P, White) *(Note 1)
CN04 : Connection with IPDU P.C. board
(2P, White) *(Note 1)
CN700 : 4-way valve (3P, Yellow) *(Note 1)
CN800 : Connection with IPDU P.C. board
(5P, Red) *(Note 1)
*(Note 1)
Remove the connector while releasing locking of
the housing.
2) Mount a new cycle P.C. board.

– 144 –

Cycle control
P.C. board
assembly

No.

Part name

† IPDU P.C.
board

Remarks

Procedure

1) Perform the works in „ and ….
2) Remove the connectors and the lead wires
which are connected from IPDU P.C. board to
the other parts.
1. Connector
CN04 : Connection with cycle P.C. board (3P: White) *(Note 1)
CN05 : Connection with cycle P.C. board (2P: White) *(Note 1)
CN06 : Connection with cycle P.C. board (5P: Red) *(Note 1)
CN13 : Connection with cycle P.C. board (5P: Red) *(Note 1)
2. Lead wire
CN01 : Connection with power terminal block (Red)
CN02 : Connection with power terminal block (White)
CN03 : Connection with inverter box (Black)
CN09 : Connection with compressor (Red)
CN10 : Connection with compressor (White)
CN11 : Connection with compressor (Black)
Rectifier diode
: Orange lead wire *(Note 2)
+
–
: Gray lead wire *(Note 2)
: Red lead wire
~
(Top)
: Brown lead wire
~
(Bottom)

Inverter
control
P.C. board
assembly

Inverter
control
P.C. board
assembly

*(Note 1)
Remove the connectors by releasing lock of the
housing.

Groove for
P.C. boaed

3) Remove the control P.C. board assembly from
P.C. board base. (Remove the heat sink and the
inverter control P.C. board assembly as they are
screwed.)
*(Note 2)
Remove the heat sink upward by taking off two
claws of P.C. base and holding the heat sink.
4) Take off two screws which fix the heat sink and
IGBT and also take off support hooks of the P.C.
board (5 positions) to remove IPDU P.C. board.
5) Mount a new IPDU P.C. board.
*(Note 3)
The rectifier diode has polarity, so be careful to +
and – . If + and – are mistaken, a trouble is
caused.
*(Note 4)
When mounting a new board, check that it is
correctly set in the groove of the base holder of P.C.
board base.

– 145 –

Heat sink

Inverter box
(Metal sheet)

No.

Part name

‡ Fan motor

Remarks

Procedure
1) Perform works of items 1) to 5), 7) of 
2) Remove the flange nut fixing the fan
motor and the propeller fan.
• Loosen the flange nut by turning clockwise. (To tighten the flange nut, turn it
counterclockwise.)
3) Remove the propeller fan.
4) Remove the lead wire from the hook fixing
the fan motor lead wires on the motor
base. (Three positions)
5) Disconnect the connector for fan motor
from the inverter.
6) Take off the fixing screws (4 pcs.) while
holding by hands so that the fan motor
does not fall.

Flange
nut

Loosen by turning
clockwise

*(Note)
Tighten the flange nut with torque 9.8N•m
(100kgf/cm).

Propeller fan

Fan motor

Motor base

– 146 –

Fixing claws for
fan motor lead
wires (3 positions)

No.

Part name

ˆ Compressor

Remarks

Procedure
1) Perform works of items , ‚, ƒ, and „.
2) Evacuate refrigerant gas.
3) Disconnect the connector for fan motor from
the inverter.
4) Take off screws fixing the motor base to the
bottom plate. (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
5) Remove the motor base together with the
fan motor and the propeller fan.
6) Take off screws fixing the partition plate to
the valve support plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
7) Remove the valve support plate.
(M6 × 4 pcs.)
8) Take off screws of the partition plate and the
bottom plate. (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
9) Take off screws of the partition plate and the
heat exchanger. (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
10) Remove the noise-insulator.
11) Remove the terminal covers of the compressor, and disconnect lead wires of the
compressor and the compressor thermo
assembly from the terminal.
12) Remove pipes connected to the compressor with a burner.

Motor
base

Partition plate

Screw

Valve support

Partition
plate

CAUTION
Pay attention to that flame does not involve
4-way valve or PMV.
(If doing so, a malfunction may be caused.)

Valve
support

13) Pull the refrigerating cycle upward.
14) Take off nut fixing the compressor on the
bottom plate. (3 pcs.)
15) Pull the compressor toward you.

CAUTION
When reconnecting the lead wires to the
compressor terminals after replacement of
the compressor, be sure to caulk the Faston
terminal without loosening.

Compressor
lead wire
Case thermo

Remove
(Suction
pipe)

Remove
(Discharge
pipe)

Compressor
nut (3 pcs.)

– 147 –

No.

Part name

‰ Reactor

Procedure
1) Perform works of items 1 of  and „.
2) Take off screws fixing the reactor.
(Ø4 x 10L , 2 pcs. per one reactor.
An outdoor unit has two reactors on the
partition plate.)

Remarks

Partition plate
Screws

Reactor

Š Pulse Modulating
Valve (PMV) coil

1. Detachment
1) Perform works of items 1 of  and ƒ.
2) Remove the coil from PMV body while
pulling it upward.

PMV body

Positioning extrusion

2. Attachment
1) Match the positioning extrusion of the coil
surely to the concavity of PMV body to fix
it.

PMV coil

– 148 –

Concavity

No.
11

Part name
Fan guard

Procedure

Remarks

1. Detachment
1) Perform works of items 1 of  and ‚.
2) Remove the air flow cabinet, and put it
down so that the fan guard side directs
downward.

Discharge
port cabinet

Bell mouth

Perform work on a corrugated cardboard, cloth, etc. to prevent flaw to the
product.

Remove
two screws

3) Take off screws fixing the bell mouth.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
4) Remove the bell mouth.
5) Remove the hooking claws by pushing
with minus screwdriver along with the
arrow mark as shown in right figure.

2. Attachment
1) Insert claw of the fan guard in hole of the
discharge panel. Push the hooking claws
(5 positions) with hands and fix the claws.

Bell mouth

Discharge
port cabinet
Minus screwdriver

Fan guard

After all the attachment works are
completed, check that all the hooking
claws are fixed to the specified positions.
2) Mount the bell mouth by hooking three
claws at upper side of the bell mouth in
the slits on the discharge cabinet.
3) After attachment, fix the bell mouth with
screws. (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)

Hooking claw
Discharge port cabinet

Slit (3 positions)
Bell mouth

Claw (3 positions)

– 149 –

RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E
No.

Part name

 Common

procedure

Procedure

REQUIREMENT

Remarks

Front panel

Before works, put on gloves, otherwise an
injury may be caused by parts, etc.

1. Detachment
1) Stop operation of the air conditioner, and
turn off switch of the breaker.
2) Remove the front panel.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 3 pcs.)
• After removing the screws, remove the
front panel while drawing it downward.
3) Remove the power cable and the indoor/
outdoor connecting cable from cord clamp
and terminal.
4) Remove the roof plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 6 pcs.)
2. Attachment
1) Mount the roof plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 6 pcs.)
2) Connect the power cable and the indoor/
outdoor connecting cable to terminal, and
then fix them with cord clamp.

REQUIREMENT
Be sure to fix the power cable and the
indoor/outdoor connecting cable with
bundling band on the market along the
inter-unit cable so that they do not come
to contact with the compressor, the valve
and the cable at gas side, and the discharge pipe.
3) Attach the front panel.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 3 pcs.)

– 150 –

Roof plate

No.

Part name

Procedure

‚ Air-outlet cabinet 1. Detachment

Remarks
Heat exchanger

Air-outlet cabinet

1) Perform the work in 1 of .
2) Take off screws for the air-outlet cabinet
and the partition plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 3 pcs.)
3) Take off screws for the air-outlet cabinet
and the base plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)
4) Take off screw for the air-outlet cabinet
and the heat exchanger.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc.)
5) Take off screws for the air-outlet cabinet
and the fin guard.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)
Finguard

2. Attachment
1) Put the upper left side of the air-outlet
cabinet on the end plate of heat exchanger, and fix it with screw.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc.)
2) Attach the taken-off screws to the
original positions.

Upper side of the end
plate of heat exchanger

Air-outlet cabinet

ƒ Side cabinet

1) Perform the work in 1 of .
2) Take off screws fixing the inverter and
the side cabinet.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)
3) Take off screws for the side cabinet and
the valve fixed plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)
4) Take off screw for the side cabinet and
the piping panel (Rear).
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc.)
5) Take off screw for the side cabinet and
the base plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc.)
6) Take off screws for the side cabinet and
the fin guard.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 4 pcs.)

Inverter

Valve fixed plate

– 151 –

Side cabinet

Side cabinet

No.

Part name

„ Inverter

assembly

Procedure
1) Perform the works in 1 of  and ƒ.
2) Remove connectors which are connected
from the cycle P.C. board to other parts.
CN600: TD sensor (3P: White)
CN601: TO sensor (2P: White)
CN604: TE sensor (2P: White) *(Note 1)
CN605: TS sensor (3P: White) *(Note 1)
CN301: Upper outdoor fan (3P: White)
*(Note 1)
CN300: Detection of upper position
(5P: White)
CN303: Lower outdoor fan (3P: White)
*(Note 1)
CN302: Detection of lower position
(5P: White)
CN500: Case thermo. (2P: Blue)
*(Note 1)
CN700: 4-way valve (3P: Yellow)
*(Note 1)
CN702: PMV (Pulse Motor Valve) coil
(6P: White) *(Note 1)
Relay connector:
Reactor 2 pcs. (2P: White)

Remarks
Inverter assembly

Hooks of heat sink cover
(2 positions)
Inverter assembly

Compressor lead: Remove terminal cover
of the compressor, and remove the lead
wire from terminal of the compressor.
*(Note 1)
Remove the connectors by releasing lock of
the housing.
3) Remove various lead wires from the
holder at upper part of the inverter.
4) Cut off tie lap which fixes various lead
wires to the inverter assembly.
5) Lift up the hook (upper left) with the
partition plate upward just removing.
* Caution to mount the inverter assembly
Mount the inverter assembly to the partition
plate so that hooks of the heat sink cover
do not come near the partition plate but
also near the fan side.

– 152 –

Cycle P.C. board

Heat sink cover

No.

Part name

Procedure

… Cycle P.C. board 1) Perform the works in 1 of  and ƒ.
2) Remove connectors and lead wires
which are connected from the cycle P.C.
board to other parts.
1. Connector
CN800: Connection with IPDU P.C.
board (5P: Red) *(Note 1)
CN01: Connection with IPDU P.C.
board (5P: Red) *(Note 1)
CN02: Indoor/Outdoor connection
terminal block (5P: Black)
*(Note 1)
CN03: Connection with IPDU P.C.
board (3P: White) *(Note 1)
CN04: Connection with IPDU P.C.
board (2P: White) *(Note 1)
*(Note 1)
Remove the connectors by releasing lock of
the housing.
3) Remove the supporting hooks at 4
corners to remove the cycle P.C. board.
4) Mount a new cycle P.C. board.
5) Lift up the hook (upper left) with the
partition plate upward just removing.

– 153 –

Remarks
Cycle control P.C. board assembly

P.C. board fixing hooks
(4 positions)

No.

Part name

Procedure

Remarks

† IPDU P.C. board 1) Perform the works in „ and ….

Screw

2) Take off screws of the inverter assembly
to separate the inverter assembly.
(M4 × 8, 4 pcs)
3) Remove the connectors and the lead
wires which are connected from IPDU
P.C. board to the other parts.
1. Connector
CN04: Connection with cycle P.C.
board (3P: White) *(Note 1)
CN05: Connection with cycle P.C.
board (2P: White) *(Note 1)
CN06: Connection with cycle P.C.
board (5P: Red) *(Note 1)
CN13: Connection with cycle P.C.
board (5P: Red) *(Note 1)
CN600: Heat sink sensor (2P: Black)
2. Lead wire
CN01: Connection with power
terminal block (Red)
CN02: Connection with power
terminal block (White)
CN03: Connection with inverter box
(Black)
CN09: Connection with compressor
(Red)
CN10: Connection with compressor
(White)
CN11: Connection with compressor
(Black)
Rectifier diode
: Orange lead wire *Note 2
+
–
: Gray lead wire *Note 2
: Red lead wire
~
(Top)
: Brown lead wire
~
(Bottom)
*(Note 1)
Remove the connectors by releasing lock of
the housing.
4) Remove the heat sink cover.
(M4 × 8, 2pcs)
5) Take off two screws which fix the heat
sink and IGBT and also take off support
hooks of the P.C. board (5 positions) to
remove IPDU P.C. board.
6) Mount a new IPDU P.C. board.
*(Note 2)
The rectifier diode has polarity, so be
careful to + and – . If + and – are
mistaken, a trouble is caused.

– 154 –

Screw

IPDU P.C. board

Screw

Screw

Heat sink cover

Screw

Screw

Heat sink

P.C. board fixing hooks (5 positions)
IPDU P.C. board

No.

Part name

‡ Fan motor

Procedure
1) Perform the works in 1 of  and 1 of ‚.
2) Take off flange nut fixing the fan motor
with the propeller fan.
• Loosen the flange nut by turning clockwise. (When tightening, turn it counterclockwise.)
3) Remove the propeller fan.
4) Remove connector for the fan motor from
the inverter.
5) Take off fixing screws (4 pcs) with supporting the fan motor so that it does not
fall down.
6) When replacing the fan motor at lower
side, remove the motor lead fixed plate
which is fixed to the partition plate with
screw (ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc), pull the fan
motor lead out of the partition plate, and
then remove the fan motor.

Remarks
Flange nut

Loosen by
turning clockwise
clockwise.
kwise.

Propeller fan

* Cautions in assembling fan motor

• Be sure to mount the propeller fan and the
fan motor at upper and lower sides because they are different.
• Tighten the flange nut with the following
torque.
Upper side: 9.8N·m (100kgf·cm)
Lower side: 4.9N·m (50kgf·cm)

• The same propeller fan and the fan motor
are used at upper and lower sides.
• Tighten the flange nut with the following
torque.
Upper side: 9.8N·m (100kgf·cm)
Lower side: 9.8N·m (100kgf·cm)

Fan motor connector at upper side

Cycle P.C. board
Fan motor connector at lower side

Fan motor

• Be sure to mount the motor lead fixed plate
so that the fan motor lead is not caught in.
• Be sure that the propeller fan does not
come to contact with the fan motor lead.

Fan motor
lead
Partition
plate
Motor lead
fixed plate

– 155 –

No.

Part name

ˆ Compressor

Remarks

Procedure
1) Recover refrigerant gas.
2) Perform the works in 1 of  and in ƒ.
3) Remove the piping panel (Front).
Take off screws of the piping panel (Front)
and the base plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)
Take off screws of the piping panel (Front)
and the piping panel (Rear).
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)
4) Remove the piping panel (Rear).
Take off screws of the piping panel (Rear)
and the base plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)
5) Remove the sound-insulation plate.
6) Remove terminal cover of the compressor,
and then remove compressor lead and
case thermo. of the compressor.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)
7) Remove TD sensor fixed to the discharge
pipe.
8) Using a burner, remove pipe connected to
the compressor.
NOTE)
Pay attention that 4-way valve or PMV is
not exposed to a flame.
(Otherwise, a malfunction may be
caused.)

Piping panel (Front)

Piping panel
(Rear)
Remove (Suction pipe)
Remove (Discharge pipe)
TD sensor

Case thermo.

9) Pull out discharge pipe and suction pipe
of the refrigerating cycle upward.
10) Take off the compressor nuts (3 pcs)
fixing the compressor to the base plate.
11) Draw out the compressor toward you.

Compressor lead

‰ PMV coil

1. Detachment
1) Perform the works in 1 of  and in ƒ.
2) Hold outside of the coil by hands and turn
it while lifting upward. The fixing hooks
come off the fixing concavities and then
the coil can be removed from PMV body.

Positioning extrusion

Compressor nuts
(3 pcs)

PMV body

2. Attachment
1) Match the positioning extrusion of the coil
surely to the concave part of PMV body,
and then fix it.
PMV coil

– 156 –

Concave part

No.

Part name

Š Fan guard

Procedure

Remarks

1. Detachment
1) Perform the works in 1 of  and in 1 of ‚.

Air-outlet
cabinet

REQUIREMENT
Bell-mouth

To prevent damage on the products, treat
component on a corrugated paper, cloth,
etc.

Screws
(2 pcs)
Remove

2) Remove the air-outlet cabinet, and then
put down it directing the fan guard side
downward.
3) Take off screws fixing the bell-mouth.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)
4) Remove the bell-mouth.
5) Take off screws fixing the fan guard.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)
6) Remove hanging hook of the fan guard by
pushing with a minus screwdriver.

2. Attachment
1) Insert the extrusion at the upper side of
the fan guard into the square hole of the
air-outlet cabinet, and then insert the
hanging hook. Fix the hanging hooks
(5 positions) by pushing with hands.

Bell-mouth

Air-outlet cabinet
Minus screwdriver

Fan guard

REQUIREMENT
Check that all the hanging hooks are fixed
to the specified positions.
2) After attachment, fix it with screws.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)
3) Mount the bell-mouth by hanging hooks
(3 positions) at upper side of the bellmouth to the square holes of the air-outlet
cabinet.
4) After attachment, fix it with screws.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)

Hanging hook

* Caution in assembling bell-mouth
• The size (color) of the bell-mouth at
upper side differs from that at lower side.
(Only for RAV-SP1102AT-E)

Upper side: Black
Lower side: Gray

Square holes (3 positions)
Bell-mouth


Upper side: Black
Lower side: Black

Hooks (3 positions)

– 157 –

Air-outlet cabinet

No.
11

Part name
Reactor

Procedure

Remarks

1) Perform works of items  to „.
Partition board

Reactor

NOTE)
The same two reactors are installed to this
outdoor unit though each installation place
is different.
One is attached to a partition board, and the
other is attached to an electric parts box.

2) Remove the connector of the reactor lead
wire connected to the inverter assembly.
3) Remove fixing screws of the reactor.


The temperature of the reactor becomes
high during operation of the outdoor unit.
Using a cord holder, fix various sensor lead
wires or fan motor lead wires in the surroundings of the reactor to be fixed to the
electric parts box as shown below so that
they do not come to contact with the reactor.
Cord holder

Various sensor
lead wires

Fan motor lead wire

Reactor

– 158 –

Electric parts box

Reactor

Revised : Mar. 2007

15. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST
15-1. Indoor Unit
15-1-1. 4-Way Air Discharge Cassette Type

233

231

RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM803UT-E

225
209

208

˚C

TEST

ADR

SETTING

205

202
226

211, 213, 219 (SM563UT-E)
212, 214, 220 (SM803UT-E)
215, 217, 221 (SM563UT-E)
216, 218, 222 (SM803UT-E)
227 (SM563UT-E)
228 (SM803UT-E)

201
207

224
210

230

223

232
CODE No.

SuMoTuWeTh Fr Sa

SET DATA SETTING TEST

203 (SM563UT-E)
204 (SM803UT-E)

H

Part
No.

201

43121736

202
203
204
205
206

43120215
4314J265
4314J266
431S8055
43172187

207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217

43151290
43121738
43170244
43079249
43047685
43047686
43149351
43049776
43047688
43149352
43149353

PROGRAM1
PROGRAM2

No.

ERROR

PROGRAM3

TEMP.

Description

Location
No.

Part
No.

218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
230

43149354
43049697
43047609
43147195
43194029
43019904
43170245
43139137
43097212
4314Q009
4314Q010
43166002

231

43166004

232

43166005

233

43166006

Pump, Drain, ADP-1409,
220-240V
Fan, Ass’y Turbo, TJ461
Refrigeration Cycle Ass’y
Refrigeration Cycle Ass’y
Owner’s Manual
Pan Ass’y, Drain,
PS-F+ABS, Sheet
Switch, Float, FS-0218-102
Motor, Fan, SWF-230-60-1R
Hose, Drain, 25A
Band, Hose
Nut, Flare, 1/4 IN, Ø6.35
Nut, Flare, 3/8 IN, Ø9.52
Socket, Ø6.35
Socket, Ø9.52
Nut, Flare, 1/2 IN, Ø12.7
Nut, Flare, 5/8 IN, Ø15.88
Socket, 1/2 IN, Ø12.7

– 159 –

ON / OFF
WEEKLY TIMER

206
FILTER
RESET TEST

Location
No.

UNIT No.

R.C.

TIMER SET

FAN

MODE

TIME

SWING/FIX

VENT

SET

CL

UNIT

Description
Socket, 5/8 IN, Ø15.88
Bonnet, Ø6.35
Bonnet, Ø9.52
Bonnet, 1/2 IN, Ø12.7
Bonnet, Ø15.88
Holder, Sensor, SUS
Hose, Drain
Rubber, Cushion
Nut
Distributor Ass’y
Distributor Ass’y
Remote Controller,
SX-A1EE (RBC-AMT31E)
Remote Controller,
SX-A11JE2 (RBC-AS21E2)
Remote Controller,
EX-W2JE2 (RBC-EXW21E2)
Remote Controller,
WH-H1JE2 (RBC-AX22CE2)

402

A

B

404

405
403

Location
No.

Part
No.

401
402
403
404

43160565
43050425
43050426
43160568

405

4316V323

Description
Terminal Block, 3P, 20A
Sensor, TC (F6)
Sensor, TA
Terminal Block, 2P,
1A, AC30V
P.C. Board Ass’y, MCC-1402

– 160 –

401

RAV-SP1102UT-E

211

225
209
202
226
224

206

201
208

212

216, 218, 222

205

213, 214, 220
228
223

207

231
230
TEST

233

232

˚C

ADR

SETTING

CODE No.

SuMoTuWeTh Fr Sa

SET DATA SETTING TEST

H

UNIT No.

PROGRAM1

R.C.

PROGRAM2

No.

ERROR

PROGRAM3

TEMP.

ON / OFF
WEEKLY TIMER

FILTER
RESET TEST

Location
No.

Part
No.

201

43121736

202
205
206
207

43120214
4314J267
4318T681
43172187

208
209
211
212
213
214
216
218

43151290
43121737
43170244
43079249
43047686
43049776
43149352
43149354

TIMER SET

FAN

MODE

TIME

SWING/FIX

VENT

SET

CL

UNIT

Description

Location
No.

Part
No.

220
222
223
224
225
226
228
230

43047609
43194029
43019904
43170245
43139137
43097212
434Q011
43166002

231

43166004

232

43166005

233

43166006

Pump, Drain, ADP-1409,
220-240V
Fan Ass’y Turb, TY461
Refrigeration Cycle Ass’y
Owner’s Manual
Pan Ass’y, Drain,
PS-F+ABS, Sheet
Switch, Float, FS-0218-102
Motor, Fan, SWF-200-90-1R
Hose, Drain, 25A
Band, Hose
Nut, Flare, 3/8 IN, Ø9.6
Socket, Ø9.6
Nut, Flare, 5/8 IN, Ø15.9
Socket, 5/8 IN, Ø15.9

– 161 –

Description
Bonnet, Ø9.6
Bonnet, Ø15.9
Holder, Sensor, SUS
Hose, Drain
Rubber, Cushion
Nut
Distributor Ass’y
Remote Controller,
SX-A1EE (RBC-AMT31E)
Remote Controller,
SX-A11JE2 (RBC-AS21E2)
Remote Controller,
EX-W2JE2 (RBC-EXW21E2)
Remote Controller,
WH-H1JE2 (RBC-AX22CE2)

402

A

B

404

405
403

Location
No.

Part
No.

401
402
403
404

43160565
43050425
43050426
43160568

405

4316V280

Description
Terminal Block, 3P, 20A
Sensor, TC (F6)
Sensor, TA
Terminal Block, 2P,
1A, AC30V
P.C. Board Ass’y, MMC-1402

– 162 –

401

Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM1103UT-E, RAV-SM1403UT-E

211

225
209
206

202
226
224

201
208

212
205

216, 218, 222
213, 214, 220
227
223

207

232

230
229
TEST

231

˚C

ADR

SETTING

CODE No.

SuMoTuWeTh Fr Sa

SET DATA SETTING TEST

H

UNIT No.

PROGRAM1

R.C.

PROGRAM2

No.

ERROR

PROGRAM3

TEMP.

ON / OFF
WEEKLY TIMER

FILTER
RESET TEST

Location
No.

Part
No.

201

43121736

202
205
206
207
208
209
211
212
213
214
216
218

TIMER SET

FAN

MODE

TIME

SWING/FIX

VENT

SET

CL

UNIT

Description

Location
No.

Part
No.

Description

220
222
223
224
225
226
227
229

43047609
43194029
43019904
43170245
43139137
43097212
4314Q061
43166002

230

43166004

231

43166005

232

43166006

Bonnet, Ø9.62
Bonnet, Ø15.88
Holder, Sensor, SUS
Hose, Drain
Rubber, Cushion
Nut
Distributor Ass’y
Remote Controller,
SX-A1EE (RBC-AMT31E)
Remote Controller,
SX-A11JE2 (RBC-AS21E2)
Remote Controller,
EX-W2JE2 (RBC-EXW21E2)
Remote Controller,
WH-H1JE2 (RBC-AX22CE2)

Pump, Drain, ADP-1409,
220-240V
43120214 Fan Ass’y Turb, TY461
4314J366 Refrigeration Cycle Ass’y
431S8055 Owner’s Manual
431172187 Pan Ass’y, Drain,
PS-F+ABS, Sheet
43151290 Switch, Float, FS-0218-102
43121737 Motor, Fan, SWF-200-90-1R
43170244 Hose, Drain, 25A
43079249 Band, Hose
43047686 Nut, Flare, 3/8 IN, Ø9.62
43049776 Socket, Ø9.62
43149352 Nut, Flare, 5/8 IN, Ø15.88
43149354 Socket, 5/8 IN, Ø15.88

– 163 –

402

A

B

404

405
403

Location
No.

Part
No.

401
402
403
404

43160565
43050425
43050426
43160568

405

4316V323

Description
Terminal Block, 3P, 20A
Sensor, TC (F6)
Sensor, TA
Terminal Block, 2P,
1A, AC30V
P.C. Board Ass’y, MMC-1402

– 164 –

401

RBC-U21PG (W) - E2

304

311

312

306
305

307

301

303

313

302

310
308

309

Location
No.

Part
No.

301
302
303
304
305
306
307

43409164
43480010
43407120
4302C063
43409173
43422001
43422002

Description

Location
No.

Part
No.

308
309
310

43407116
43409168
43409182

311
312
313

43407123
43160573
43182002

Panel, PS-HI100
Air Filter, ABS
Outlet, Air Form, PS-F
Motor, Louver, MP24ZN
Louver, ABS
Joint, Kit
Joint, Kit

– 165 –

Description
Grille, Catch, ABS
Grille, Air, Inlet
Cover, Panel Ass’y,
PS-HI100
Fix, Motor, ABS
Lead, Motor
Washer, SPCC

15-1-2. Concealed Duct Type
RAV-SM562BT-E

37

˚C

TEST
SETTING

42
7

29

41

16
39

27

14

2
3, 902, 905
ADR

26

4, 6, 906
23

31

17
36

32
28

38

15

12, 13,
9, 10, 11

CODE No.

SuMoTuWeTh Fr Sa

SET DATA SETTING TEST

H

UNIT No.

PROGRAM1

R.C.

PROGRAM2

No.

ERROR

PROGRAM3

TEMP.

ON / OFF
WEEKLY TIMER

FILTER
RESET TEST

TIMER SET

FAN

MODE

TIME

SWING/FIX

VENT

SET

CL

Location
No.
2
3
4
6
7
15
16
17
23
26
28
29
31
32

34

UNIT

Part
No.
43019904
43047303
43047685
43049697
43079249
43120226
43121747
43121740
4314Q015
4314J268
43160553
43170233
43172168
43179110

Description

Location
No.

Part
No.

34
36

43180311
43166002

37

43166004

38

43166005

39

43166006

41
42
902
905
906

4318T683
43196012
43149351
43047688
43149353

Holder, Sensor
Bonnet
Nut, Flare, 1/4 IN
Bonnet
Band, Hose
Fan, Multi Blade
Pump Ass’y, Drain
Motor, Fan
Distributor Ass’y
Refrigeration cycle Ass’y
Lead, Motor, Fan
Hose, Drain
Pan Ass’y, Drain
Plug

– 166 –

Description
Air Filter
Remote Controller,
SX-A1EE (RBC-AMT31E)
Remote Controller,
SX-A11JE2 (RBC-AS21E2)
Remote Controller,
EX-W2JE2 (RBC-EXW21E2)
Remote Controller,
WH-H1JE2 (RBC-AX22CE2)
Owner’s Manual
Bushing
Soket
Nut, Flare, 1/2, IN
Soket

RAV-SM802BT-E

33

30

˚C

TEST
SETTING

21

4

29
11
9
35

19
2

6, 7, 8

3, 904, 905
901, 902, 903

ADR

18

16

22
12

23
32

20

34

10

CODE No.

SuMoTuWeTh Fr Sa

SET DATA SETTING TEST

H

UNIT No.

PROGRAM1

R.C.

PROGRAM2

No.

ERROR

PROGRAM3

TEMP.

ON / OFF
WEEKLY TIMER

FILTER
RESET TEST

TIMER SET

FAN

MODE

TIME

SWING/FIX

VENT

SET

CL

24

UNIT

Location
No.

Part
No.

2
3
4
10
11
12
16
18
20
21
22
23
24
29

43019904
43047609
43079249
43120226
43121747
43121739
4314Q016
4314J269
43160553
43170233
43172167
43179110
43180312
4318T683

Description

Location
No.

Part
No.

Description

30
32

43196012
43166002

33

43166004

34

43166005

35

43166006

901
902
903
904
905

43049776
43194029
43149355
43149352
43149354

Bushing
Remote Controller,
SX-A1EE (RBC-AMT31E)
Remote Controller,
SX-A11JE2 (RBC-AS21E2)
Remote Controller,
EX-W2JE2 (RBC-EXW21E2)
Remote Controller,
WH-H1JE2 (RBC-AX22CE2)
Soket
Bonnet
Nut, Flare, 3/8, IN
Nut, Flare, 5/8, IN
Soket

Holder, Sensor
Bonnet
Band, Hose
Fan, Multi Blade
Pump Ass’y, Drain
Motor, Fan
Distributor Ass’y
Refrigeration cycle Ass’y
Lead, Motor, Fan
Hose, Drain
Pan Ass’y, Drain
Plug
Air Filter
Owner’s Manual

– 167 –

RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E

35
31
˚C

TEST
SETTING

32
23
37

4

20
9

11
21
2

14
6, 7, 8

3, 904, 905

ADR

901, 902, 903

15

13
19

24

34

12

25
22

36

10

CODE No.

SuMoTuWeTh Fr Sa

SET DATA SETTING TEST

H

UNIT No.

PROGRAM1

R.C.

PROGRAM2

No.

ERROR

PROGRAM3

TEMP.

ON / OFF
WEEKLY TIMER

FILTER
RESET TEST

TIMER SET

FAN

MODE

TIME

SWING/FIX

VENT

SET

CL

UNIT

26

Location
No.

Part
No.

2
3
4
10
11
12
13
14
15
19
20
22
23
24
25

43019904
43047609
43079249
43120226
43121747
43121740
43125131
43125162
43125163
4314Q017
4314J270
43160553
43170233
43172166
43179110

Description

Location
No.

Part
No.

26
31
32
34

43180311
4318T683
43196012
43166002

35

43166004

36

43166005

37

43166006

901
902
903
904
905

43049776
43194029
43149355
43149352
43149354

Holder, Sensor
Bonnet
Band, Hose
Fan, Multi Blade
Pump Ass’y, Drain
Motor, Fan
Bearing, Shaft
Coupling
Shaft
Distributor Ass’y
Refrigeration cycle Ass’y
Lead, Motor, Fan
Hose, Drain
Pan Ass’y, Drain
Plug

– 168 –

Description
Air Filter
Owner’s Manual
Bushing
Remote Controller,
SX-A1EE (RBC-AMT31E)
Remote Controller,
SX-A11JE2 (RBC-AS21E2)
Remote Controller,
EX-W2JE2 (RBC-EXW21E2)
Remote Controller,
WH-H1JE2 (RBC-AX22CE2)
Soket
Bonnet
Nut, Flare, 3/8, IN
Nut, Flare, 5/8, IN
Soket

RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E

402

404

403

406

405

401

407

\Location
No.

Part
No.

Description

401
402
403
404

43160565
4316V281
43050425
43050426

Terminal Block, 3P, 20A
P.C. Board Ass’y, MMC-1402
Sensor, TC (F6)
Sensor, TA

Location
No.

Part
No.

405
406
407

43160568
43158193
43155203

– 169 –

Description
Terminal Block, 2P
Reactor
Capacitor

15-1-3. Under Ceiling Type
RAV-SM562CT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E

48
66

47
44, 45, 46

1, 2, 3

60

11

61
58
22, 23, 24
36, 37, 38,39, 54, 55

15
17
63
64

33, 34, 35,53, 56, 57

42
40
26

67
31

32

10
14
17

49

59

25

7, 8, 9

52
4, 5, 6
65
27 (1101, 1401CT-E)
29

27, 28
50

12

(1101, 1401CT-E)

30

12, 13

26

62

51

26
32
16

15
17
43 41

17
25

25
RAV-SM562CT-E

RAV-SM802CT-E

(Fan assembly)

(Fan assembly)

18
19

TEST

20

˚C

ADR

SETTING

CODE No.

SuMoTuWeTh Fr Sa

SET DATA SETTING TEST

H

UNIT No.

PROGRAM1

R.C.

PROGRAM2

No.

PROGRAM3

TEMP.

ON / OFF
WEEKLY TIMER

FILTER
RESET TEST

TIMER SET

FAN

MODE

TIME

SWING/FIX

VENT

SET

CL

UNIT

– 170 –

ERROR

21

Location
No.

Part
No.

Description

1

4314J271

2

4314J272

3

4314J273

4
5
6

43172188
43172189
43172190

7
8
9

43100356
43100357
43100358

10
11
12

43102647
43102648
43109407

Refrigeration cycle Ass’y
(SM562CT)
Refrigeration cycle Ass’y
(SM802CT)
Refrigeration cycle Ass’y
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
Pan Drain Ass’y (SM562CT)
Pan Drain Ass’y (SM802CT)
Pan Drain Ass’y
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
Panel, Under (SM562CT)
Panel, Under (SM802CT)
Panel, Under
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
Cover Ass’y, Right Side
Cover Ass’y, Left Side
Grille, Inlet (SM562CT,
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
Grille, Inlet (SM802CT,
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
Motor, Fan,
SWF-280-120-2R, 120W
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
Motor, Fan,
SWF-280-60-1R, 60W
(SM562CT)
Motor, Fan,
SWF-280-60-2R, 60W
(SM802CT)
Fan, Multi Blade
Remote Controller,
SX-A1EE (RBC-AMT31E)
Remote Controller,
SX-A11JE2 (RBC-AS21E2)
Remote Controller,
EX-W2JE2 (RBC-EXW21E2)
Remote Controller,
WH-H1JE2 (RBC-AX22CE2)
Distributor Ass’y (SM562CT)
Distributor Ass’y (SM802CT)
Distributor Ass’y
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
Case, Fan, Lower
Case, Fan, Upper
Air Filter (SM562CT,
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
Air Filter (SM802CT,
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
Base, Receiver
Band, Hose
Bearing, Shaft
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT)

13

43109408

14

43121741

15

43121742

16

43121743

17
18

43120227
43166002

19

43166004

20

43166005

21

43166006

22
23
24

4314Q012
4314Q013
4314Q014

25
26
27

43122084
43122085
43180314

28

43180315

29
30
31

43108014
43179136
43125131

Location
No.

– 171 –

Part
No.

Description

32

43125162

33
34

43047685
43049776

35
36
37

43149351
43047688
43149352

38
39

43149353
43149354

40
41

43149326
43125164

42

43125165

43
44

43125159
43109409

45

43109410

46

43109411

47
48
49
50
51
52
53

43107260
43122086
43179129
43107254
43107255
43170234
43047609

54
55

43047303
43194029

56

43149355

57
58
59
60

43049697
43019904
4318T682
43121746

61
62
63
64
65
66
67

43160556
43108016
43162049
43162050
43197189
43107252
43139153

Coupling (SM802CT,
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
Nut, Flare, 1/4 IN (SM562CT)
Socket (SM802CT,
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
Socket (SM562CT)
Nut, Flare, 1/2 IN (SM562CT)
Nut, Flare, 5/8 IN (SM802CT,
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
Socket, 1/2 IN (SM562CT)
Socket, 5/8 IN (SM802CT,
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
Cover, Back Base
Shaft, SS400B-D2 12
(SM802CT)
Shaft, SS400B-12 DIA
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
Bearing (SM802CT)
Grille Ass’y, Horizontal
(SM562CT)
Grille Ass’y, Horizontal
(SM802CT)
Grille Ass’y, Horizontal
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
Support, Grille Horizontal
Grille Ass’y, Vertical
Cap Drain
Hinge, Grille Inlet
Hook, Grille Inlet
Hose, Drain
Bonnet (SM802CT,
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
Bonnet (SM562CT)
Bonnet (SM802CT,
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
Nut, Flare, 3/8 IN (SM802CT,
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
Bonnet (SM562CT)
Holder, Sensor
Owner’s Manual
Driver Ass’y, Horizontal L
Louver
Lead, Louver Horizontal
Mark TOSHIBA
Bushing, 50DIA
Bushing, 56DIA
Screw, Fix Drain Pan
Shaft, Horizontal Louver
Spacer, Bearing
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT)

404

401

407

403

406

Location
No.

Part
No.

401
402
403
404

43050425
43160565
43050426
43158193

Description

402

405

Location
No.

Part
No.

Description

405
406
407

43160568
4316V280
43155203

Terminal Block, 2P
P.C. Board Ass’y, MMC-1402
Capacitor

Sensor, TC (F6)
Terminal Block, 3P, 20A
Sensor, TA
Reactor

– 172 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
15-2. Outdoor Unit
RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E

33

4

2

6
21, 22, 23
3

24, 25
10

9

37
13, 15,
19, 20

11, 12
34
14, 16, 17, 18

8

28

7
27

26

29
2
31
29

30

28
1

5

35 : TD (Discharge Pipe Temp. Sensor) Holder
36 : TS (Suction Pipe Temp. Sensor) Holder
37 : TE (Condenser Pipe Temp. Sensor) Holder
38 : TO (Outdoor Temp. Sensor) Holder
39 : Muffler

Location
No.

Part
No.

Description

Location
No.

Part
No.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

43005657
43005642
43005658
43005634
4301V035
4301V053
43100346
43119471
43162055
43041786

19
20
21

43194029
43047401
43046444

22

43046445

11

4314G204

12

4314G251

13

37546845

14

43146680

15

43146686

16

43146681

17
18

43147196
43147195

Cabinet, Front
Cabinet, Upper
Cabinet, Side, Right
Cabinet, Side, Left
Guard, Fan
Guard, Fin
Base Ass’y
Cover, Valve, Packed
Cover, Wiring Ass’y
Compressor Ass’y,
DA150, A1F-20F
Condenser Ass’y
(SM563AT-E)
Condenser Ass’y
(SM803AT-E)
Valve, Packed, 6.35
(SM563AT-E)
Valve, Packed, 12.7
(SM563AT-E)
Valve, Packed, 9.52
(SM803AT-E)
Valve, Packed, 15.9
(SM803AT-E)
Bonnet, 1/4 IN (SM563AT-E)
Bonnet, 1/2 IN (SM563AT-E)

23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
39

43146722
43146695
37546849
43055521
4302C068
43020329
43047669
43032441
43089160
43050407
43063339
43049749
43063321
43063322
43063325
43063317
4314Q064
4314Q063

– 173 –

35
36
10, 32, 38

Description
Bonnet (SM803AT-E)
Bonnet, 3/8 IN (SM803AT-E)
Valve, 4-Way, STF-0108Z
(SM563AT-E)
Valve, 4-Way, STF-0213Z
(SM803AT-E)
Coil, Solenoid,
Valve, Pulse, Modulating
Coil, PMV, CAM-MD12TF-1
Reactor
Motor, Fan, ICF-140-43-4
Fan, Propeller, PJ421
Nut, Flange
Nipple, Drain
Cap, Waterproof
Thermostat, Bimetal
Holder, Sensor (TO)
Rebber, Cushion
Holder, Sensor
Holder, Sensor
Holder, Sensor
Holder, Thermostat
Muffler (SM563AT-E)
Muffler (SM803AT-E)

705

701
702

708

707

706
710

Location
No.

Part
No.

701
702
705
706

43150319
43050425
43062228
43160566

Description

Location
No.

Part
No.

707

4316V293

708
710

4316V284
43160571

Sensor Ass’y, Service
Sensor Ass’y, Service
Base, P.C. Board
Terminal Block, 6P, 20A

– 174 –

Description
P.C. Board Ass’y, SW,
MCC-1530
P.C. Board Ass’y, MCC-5009
Fuse Holder, 15A, 250V

Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E

4

33

32
31

30

5

11

21, 22
23, 24
34

10

1

7

9
8

36
35
37
3

6

25
15, 16, 17

19, 20

27, 29

18

13

26, 28
14

12

2
Location
No.

Part
No.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

43005635
43100350
43100349
43100355
43191633
43191651
43122065
43047669
43120224
43121744
4314G209
43100347
43100345
43119390
43041787

16
17
18
19

43050407
43063317
43100343
43197183

Description

Location
No.

Part
No.

20
21
22

43149324
43046445
43146722

23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37

43146634
43146685
43148170
43146686
43146699
43047401
43194029
43158190
43019904
43063188
43063332
4314Q019
4314Q033
43089160
43032441

Cabinet, Air Outled
Cabinet, Front Ass’y
Cabinet, Side Ass’y
Panel, Upper
Guard, Fin
Guard, Fan
Bell Mouth
Nut, Flange
Fan, Propeller, PE492
Motor, Fan, ICF-280-100-1R
Condenser Ass’y
Panel, Front, Piping
Panel, Back, Piping
Hanger
Compressor Ass’y,
DA420A3F-21M
Thermostat, Bimetal
Holder, Thermostat
Base Ass’y
Bolt, Compressor

– 175 –

Description
Rubber, Cushion, EPDM
Valve, 4-WAY, STF-0213Z
Coil, Solenoid,
STF-01AJ502E1
Valve, Pulse, Modulating
Coil, PMV, UKV-U048E
Accumulator Ass’y
Valve, Packed, 9.52 DIA
Valve, Ball
Bonnet, 3/8 IN
Bonnet
Reactor
Holder, Sensor
Holder, TC Sensor
Holder, Sensor
Strainer
Strainer
Cap, Waterproof
Nipple, Drain

707

708

706
704

703

701
705
TD

TO
TS

702
710

TE

Location
No.

Part
No.

701
702
703
704
705

43150319
43050425
43160565
43131052
43160567

Description

Location
No.

Part
No.

706

4316V283

707

4316V291

708
710

43150320
43160571

Sensor Ass’y, Service
Sensor Ass’y, Service
Terminal Block, 3P, 20A
Rectifier
Terminal Block, 3P, 30A

– 176 –

Description
P.C. Board Ass’y, CDB,
MCC-1531
P.C. Board Ass’y, IPDU,
MCC-1438
Sensor Ass’y, Service
Fuse Holder, 15A, 250V

RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E

4

5

11

38

37

10
8

9
36
32
21,22 34
24

2

23
7

35

30
14

1
6

31
3
13
27
15 18
33
12

16,17

19

20 26

28 25
29

Location
No.

Part
No.

Description

Location
No.

Part
No.

Description

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

43100348
43100350
43100349
43100351
43005489
43191651
43122065
43047669
43120213
4302C069
4314G205

23

43146695

24
25
26

43046450
43048066
43046392

26

37546845

27
27
28

43047686
43147196
43146680

11

4314G200

12
13
14
15

43100347
43100345
43119390
43041785

16
17
18
19
20
21
22

43050407
43063317
43100342
43049739
43097212
43046445
43046443

Cabinet, Air Outlet
Cabinet, Front Ass’y
Cabinet, Side Ass’y
Panel, Upper
Guard, Fin
Guard, Fan, PP-K
Bell, Mouth
Nut, Flange
Fan, Propeller, PJ491, AS-G
Motor, Fan, ICF-140-63-2R
Condenser Ass’y
(SP802AT-E)
Condenser Ass’y
(SP562AT-E)
Panel, Front, Piping
Panel, Back, Piping
Hanger
Compressor Ass’y,
DA220A2F-20L
Thermostat, Bimetal
Holder, Thermostat
Base Ass’y
Cushion, Rubber
Nut
Valve, 4-Way, STF-0213Z
Coil, Solenoid,
VHV-01AJ503C1

28
29
29
30
31
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38

43146699
43147194
43047303
4314Q018
4314Q021
4314Q022
43058276
43063321
43063322
43063325
43063332
43032441
43158192

Valve, Pulse, Modulating,
CAMB30YGTF-2
Coil, PMV, CAM-MD12TF-8
Accumulator Ass’y
Valve, Packed, 6.35
(SP562AT-E)
Valve, Packed, 9.52DIA
(SP802AT-E)
Bonnet, 3/8 IN (SP802AT-E)
Bonnet, 1/4 IN (SP562AT-E)
Valve, Packed, 12.7,
HKU-R410A-H4 (SP562AT-E)
Valve, Ball (SP802AT-E)
Bonnet, 5/8 IN (SP802AT-E)
Bonnet, 1/2 IN (SP562AT-E)
Strainer
Strainer (SP562AT-E)
Strainer (SP802AT-E)
Reactor, CH47-Z-T
Holder, Sensor
Holder, Sensor
Holder, Sensor
Holder, Sensor
Nipple, Drain
Reactor, CH-43-Z-T

– 177 –

INVERTER COVER

708

711

702
TE Sensor (Ø6)
TS Sensor (Ø6)
TO Sensor (Ø6)
TD Sensor (Ø4)

705

701
710

INVERTER BOX

707

704

Location
No.

Part
No.

701
702
704
705
707

43150319
43050425
43160566
43162042
4316V282

Description

Location
No.

Part
No.

708

4316V278

710
711

43160571
43131052

Sensor, TD (F4)
Sensor, TC (F6)
Terminal Block, 6P, 20A
Base, P.C. Board
P.C. Board Ass’y, CDB,
MCC-1531

– 178 –

Description
P.C. Board Ass’y, IPDU,
MCC-1438
Fuse Holder, 15A, 250V
Rectifier

RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E

35

Inverter

34

43

26

42

39

10

41
40

44
14
13

23 9

26,27

20
11
12
22
21
15
17
16
6 3,4

25
28
30
31

33
38

5

23,24
7,8
19

25
36

1,2

37

28,29
32
Location
No.

Part
No.

2
4

43100343
43041787

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

43049739
43097212
43050407
43063317
4314G207
4314G208
43146687
43146683

13

43146634

14
15
16
17
19
20
21

43146695
43146613
43147194
43146686
43047401
4314Q019
43148170

Description

Location
No.

Part
No.

Description

21
22
23
25
26
28
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44

43148170
4314Q020
4302C069
43047669
43120213
43122065
43100352
43191651
43100353
43100354
43191602
43100355
43100347
43100345
43119390
43158190
43019904
43063188
43063332
43032441
43146676

Accumulator Ass’y, 2.5L
Strainer
Motor, Fan, ICF-140-63-2R
Nut, Flange
Fan, Propeller, PJ491, AS-G
Bell Mouth, Plastic
Panel, Air Outlet
Guard, Fan, PP-K
Panel, Front
Panel, Side
Guard, Fin
Plate, Roof
Panel, Front, Piping
Panel, Back, Piping
Hanger
Peacter, CH-62-Z-T
Holder, Sensor, SUS
Holder, TC Sensor
Holder, Sensor
Nipple, Drain
Check, Joint

Base Ass’y
Compressor Ass’y,
DA420A3F-21M
Cushion, Rubber
Nut
Thermostat, Bimetal
Holder, Thermostat
Condenser, Down
Condenser, Up
Valve, 4-WAY, STF-0401G
Coil, Solenoid,
VHV-01AJ502E1,
Valve, Pulse, Modulating,
UKV-25D22
Coil, PMV
Valve, Ball, 5/8 IN
Bonnet, 5/8 IN
Valve, Packed, 3/8 IN
Bonnet, 3/8 IN
Strainer
Accumulator Ass’y, 2.5L

– 179 –

702 TD SENSOR

707

701 TC SENSOR
(F6)
R501
CN02

R500

CN600

IC800

CN601
R502

CN01

CN800

CN604
CN
605

CN12

CN04

L

CN03

N

710

1

706

2

2

704

703 SENSOR ASS’Y

709

P08
WHI

P18
BLU

P12
GRY

P20
YEL

P13
GRY

P17
BLU
P21
ORG

P28
BLK

705

P24
BRW

P09
WHI

RY01
RED

Location
No.

Part
No.

701
702
703
704
705
706

43050425
43150319
43150320
43160565
43131052
43160567

Description

P19
YEL

Location
No.

Part
No.

707

4316V282

709

4316V291

710

43160571

Sensor Ass’y, Service
Sensor Ass’y, Service
Sensor Ass’y, Service
Terminal Block, 3P, 20A
Rectifier
Terminal Block, 3P, 30A

– 180 –

Description
P.C. Board Ass’y, CDB,
MCC-1531
P.C. Board Ass’y, IPDU,
MCC-1438
Fuse Holder, 15A, 250V

15-3. Replacement of Main Parts (Sold Separately)
15-3-1. Drain up Kit
TCB-DP22CE2
No.

Part name

 Drain pan

Procedure

Remarks

1. Remove the Drain up kit from the main
unit.
2. Remove the set screws (2 positions)
and drain pan.

Screws
(Fixing drain pan and main unit)

1 -2
Drain pan

‚ Float switch

1. Remove the drain pan.
2. Remove the plastics nut of fixing float
switch.
3. Remove the float switch.

Plastics nut

2 -2
Float switch

ƒ Drain pump

1. Remove the drain pan.
2. Remove the set screws (4 positions) of
fixing drain pump plate and main unit.
3. Remove the screws (3 positions) of
fixing drain pump plate and drain pump.

3 -2
Screws
(Fixing drain pump and main unit)

3 -3
Screws
(Fixing drain pump and drain plate)

– 181 –

15-3-2. Wireless Remote Control Kit
RBC-AX22CE2
No.

Part name

 P.C. board

Procedure

Remarks

1. Remove the signal receiving unit from
main unit.
2. Remove the set screw (1 position) and
P.C. board cover.
3. Remove the p.c. board.
1 -2
Screw

P.C. board cover

1 -3

– 182 –

Revised : Mar. 2007

16. CORD HEATER INSTALLATION WORK
This is on installation for 2 HP and 3 HP Products
(RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E, RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E).
In case of 4 HP or 5 HP, refer to this installation as reference.

16-1. Required parts for installation work (Recommendation)
The above products conform to RoHS (2002/95/EC). Therefore when procuring and using the following recommended parts at local site, it is recommended to confirm each part conforms to RoHS before use.
No.

Part name

Q’ty

1

Cord heater

1

Drain line heaters CSC2 (3.0m, 40W/m) by Flexelec com.
(Please go to the following URL.)
http://www.flexelec.com

Procured locally

2

Thermostat

1

US-622AXRLQE by ASAHI KEIKI
Operating temperature: on 4 ± 4°C, off 15 ± 3°C
A thermostat holder is incorporated with a thermostat in the package.
(Please go to the following URL.)
http://www.asahikeiki.co.jp/product/product.html
On self-responsibility, you can use a product manufactured by other
company (For example, Texas Instruments) if its characteristics are
equivalent to those of ASAHI KEIKI. However, when the shape of the
thermostat holder is different from that of ASAHI KEIKI, apply some
treatment to No.14 thermostat fixing plate and then fix the holder.

Procured locally

3

Fuse

1

ES3-5000, 250V / 5A by NAGASAWA Electric Co.
(Please go to the following URL.)
http://www.nagasawa-el.co.jp/
On self-responsibility, you can use a product manufactured by other
company if its characteristics are equivalent to those of NAGASAWA
Electric Co.

Procured locally

4

Fuse holder

1

GM1H-02 by NAGASAWA Electric Co.
(Please go to the following URL.)
http://www.nagasawa-el.co.jp/
On self-responsibility, you can use a product manufactured by other
company if its characteristics are equivalent to those of NAGASAWA
Electric Co.

5

P-shape
clamp

13

Use heat-resistance, weatherproof and non-hydrolytic type.
Material: 4-fluorinated ethylene copolymer
Harness diameter: Ø5.9
Use equivalence with the above specifications.
11 pieces are used to fix the cord heater to the outdoor unit base plate.
One piece is used to fix the power cord to the thermostat fixing plate.
One piece is used to fix the power cord to the terminal fixing plate.

Procured locally

6

P-shape
clamp

1

Use heat-resistance, weatherproof and non-hydrolytic type.
Material: 4-fluorinated ethylene copolymer
Harness diameter: Ø9.1
Use equivalence with the above specifications.
One piece is used to fix the cord heater to the outdoor unit base plate.

Procured locally

7

Screw

12

Self-tapping screw type-B Ø4 × 6mm, truss head, stainless
These screws are used to fix the cord heater to the outdoor unit base
plate with P-shape clamp.

Procured locally

8

Screw

4

Self-tapping screw type-B Ø4 × 8mm, truss head, stainless
Two screws are used to fix the thermostat fixing plate to the side cabinet (R).
One screw is used to fix the power cord to the thermostat fixing plate.
One screw is used to fix the power cord to the terminal fixing plate.

Procured locally

9

Screw

2

Self-tapping screw type-B Ø3.5 × 6mm, pan head
These screws are used to fix the thermostat to the thermostat fixing
plate with the thermostat holder.

Procured locally

10

Faston

2

#250

Procured locally

11

Sleeve for
Faston

2

UL sleeve for #250

Procured locally

12

Close-end
connector

2

Use the most appropriate connector with the power cord diameter.

Procured locally

Specifications/Vendor

They are used for the connecting part to the thermostat.

– 183 –

Remarks

Procured locally

No.

Part name

Q’ty

Specifications/Vendor

Remarks

13

Power cord

1

2-cores x 0.75mm² or more, H05RN-F

Procured locally

14

Thermostat
fixing plate

1

Material: SGCC-Z08, Board thickness: 0.8t

Procured locally
(Drawing attached)

15

PVC tube

1

Inside diameter Ø8 x outside diameter Ø11 x 70 mm

Procured locally

16

Shield tube

1

Inside diameter Ø18 x outside diameter Ø26 x 70 mm
Material: Polyethylene foam

Procured locally

17

Bundling tie

1

Bundling tie for securing the wires
Material: 6/6 nylon

Procured locally

NOTE: The parts on the above table are recommended parts.

2. Required tools for installation work
No.

Part name

Usage

Specifications

1

Plus screwdriver

It is used for disassembling and assembling of each cabinet.

2

Wrench

It is used for disassembling and assembling of compressor fixing nuts.

3

Motor drill

Drill diameter:
Ø3.2 and Ø5.0

4

Faston crimping tool

Fixing jig for #250

5

Close-end connector
crimping tool

6

Cutting plier

7

Stripper

8

Cutter knife

9

Insulation tape

10

Metal-cutting shears

It is used to make the additional holes on the base or the side
cabinet (R).

It is used to process the side cabinet (L).

– 184 –

3. Cord heater installation wiring diagram

L

N

Fuse

Thermostat

Cord heater

* Be sure to connect the fuse and the thermostat to LIVE side of the cord heater.

Outdoor unit
Earth leakage circuit breaker

Power supply for air conditioner

Earth leakage circuit breaker

Power supply for cord heater

NOTE:
Separate the cord heater power from the air conditioner power, and connect it to its exclusive breaker.
By doing so, the power consumption can be decreased because the breaker can be turned off if there is no
possibility of freezing of the base plate in cooling operation, etc.
When the cord heater power is connected to the inverter P.C. board assembly or others without connected to the
exclusive breaker, the control P.C. board of the inverter assembly may cause a failure.
When the cord heater has been mounted on a base plate, do not mount the water-proof cap and drain nipple
which are provided with the outdoor unit on the base plate.

– 185 –

4. Cord heater installation work procedure
No.
1

Photo / Explanatory diagram

Procedure

Remove each cabinet, inverter assembly, motor base assembly, and partition board assembly.
* Do not damage the electric parts such as cables, connectors, etc. while this work.
Remove the upper cabinet and the valve cover.
Upper cabinet

Related parts / Screws list
Used screw

Part name

1-1

Screw type

Quantity

Upper cabinet

Ø4 × 8

5

Valve cover

Ø4 × 1

1

Valve cover

Water-proof
cover

Remove the front cabinet, the wiring cover and the
water-proof cover.
Related parts / Screws list

Wiring cover

Used screw

Part name

1-2

Front cabinet

Side cabinet (L)

Inverter assembly

Side cabinet (R)

Screw type

Quantity

Front cabinet

Ø4 × 8

7

Wiring cover

Ø4 × 8

2

Remove the side cabinet (R/L) and the inverter
assembly.
Related parts / Screws list
Used screw

Part name

1-3

Screw type

Quantity

Side cabinet (R)

Ø4 × 8

7

Side cabinet (L)

Ø4 × 8

3

Inverter assembly

Ø4 × 8

1

Remove the inverter assembly.
No.

1-4

– 186 –

Part name

Connector
No.

Connector
color

1

TE sensor

CN600

White

2

TD sensor

CN601

White

3

TO sensor

CN602

White

4

TS sensor

CN603

White

5

4-way valve coil

CN701

Yellow

6

PMV coil

CN700

White

7

Fan motor

CN300

White

8

Compressor lead

(Intermediate
connector)

White

9

Reactor
(2 pieces.)

(Intermediate
connector)

White

No.

Photo / Explanatory diagram
Motor base
assembly

Procedure
Remove the motor base assembly, partition plate
assembly and the sound insulation board.
Related parts / Screws list

Partition plate
assembly

1-5

Sound
insulation board

Used screw

Part name

Screw type

Quantity

Motor base assembly
(Including motor and fan)

Ø4 × 8

2

Partition plate assembly
(Including reactor)

Ø4 × 8

3

Remove the fixing screws of the heat exchanger and the
valve fixing plate. Remove the compressor fixing bolt.
Valve fixing plate

Heat exchanger

Related parts / Screws list
Used screw

Part name

1-6
Compressor

Screw type

Quantity

Heat exchanger

Ø4 × 8

1

Valve fixing plate

Ø4 × 8

1

bolt

3

Compressor

As shown in the left figure, remove the set of refrigeration cycle assembly from the outdoor unit base plate.
* In this time, work attentively so that the cycle pipes are
not damaged by dent or deformation. Apply protective
measures to pipes if necessary.

1-7

– 187 –

No.

2

2-1

Photo / Explanatory diagram

Procedure

Cord heater installation work
Drill a hole on the outdoor unit base plate, and fix the cord heater to the outdoor unit base plate using
P-shape clamp.
Connect the cord heater cables.
Using a motor drill, etc., drill Ø3.2 holes on the outdoor unit base plate.
See APPENDIX-1 and 2 for the additional hole positions.
These holes are used to fix the cord heater to the outdoor unit base plate with P-shape clamp.
Insert the PVC tube into the cord heater.
This tube is designed to protect the cord heater
from the fixing screws used to secure the
anchoring feet.
As shown in the left figure, install the cord
heater (1.5m) to the outdoor unit base plate by
using P-shape clamp and screws (Self-tapping
screw type-B Ø4 × 6mm, stainless).

2-2

PVC tube
Ø9.1 P-shape clamp

The PVC tube must be inserted
into the cord heater between
the fixing screws in order to
protect the cord heater from
these screws.
Under no circumstances must
the tube be allowed to ride over
the tip of the fixing screws.

Pay attention to the direction of P-shape clamp
so that it is set to the same direction in the left
figure.
* If the drain port is frozen due to installation
status, etc., draw around the cord heater so
that the end part of the heater is inserted into
the drain port. In this case, add some fixing
positions to fix the cord heater surely.
* The end part from the marked part of the cord
heater heats up. When there is the heating
part near the electric parts box, a fire may
generate. Be sure to set the heating part on
the outdoor unit base plate at the fan room
side or near it. (within 20cm from the outdoor
unit base plate)

Enlarged
marked part

Heating part

* Be careful that the cord heater does not hit
the fan.
Fix the cord heater without any loosening or
sag.
Drill a hole on the side cabinet (R) for fixing the
thermostat fixing plate.

Added hole 2-φ5

Ø5 hole at two positions

5

When drilling a hole on the side cabinet (R), be
sure not to damage the cabinet.

46
7

2-3

Side cabinet (R)

– 188 –

No.

Procedure

Photo / Explanatory diagram

Rework the side cabinet (L) to remove part of it.
Side cabinet (L)

The area to be removed is indicated by the
shaded lines in the left figure.
After removing part of the side cabinet (L), deburr
the edges of the side cabinet (L).

2-4

Delete

Perform end process and bundling of each cable.
Using fixing screws (Self-tapping screw type-B
Ø3.5 × 6mm), fix the thermostat to the thermostat
fixing plate.
Close-end connector
insulation tape

Thermostat
Power cord

Perform end process for various lead cables and
connect them according to the wiring diagram.
Attach #250 Faston and UL-approved sleeves
each to the end of lead cables which are connected to the thermostat.

2-5
Thermostat
fixing plate

Cord heater
* Transparent
L side

P-shape clamp

Fuse
Fuse holder

Using insulation tape, apply protective measures
to the connected parts by the close-end connectors.
Using P-shape clamp and the screws (Selftapping screw type-B Ø4 × 8mm), fix the power
cord to the thermostat fixing plate.
When the power cord size does not match with Pshape clamp, procure the most appropriate one at
the local site.

– 189 –

Photo / Explanatory diagram

No.

3

Procedure

Assembly
Return a set of the refrigeration cycle assembly into the outdoor unit base plate and reassemble sound
insulation board, partition plate assembly, fan motor assembly, and side cabinet (R/L) as original. Fix the
thermostat fixing plate to the side cabinet (R), built in the inverter assembly, and then connect various
cables. After then, incorporate front cabinet, upper cabinet, wiring cover, and valve cover as before.
Return a set of the refrigeration cycle assembly into
the outdoor unit base plate, and assemble sound
insulation board, partition plate assembly, fan motor
assembly, and side cabinet (R/L) as original.

3-1

Thermostat fixing plate

Using screws (Self-tapping screw type-B Ø4 × 8mm,
stainless), fix the thermostat fixing plate to the side
cabinet (R).

Side cabinet (R)

3-2

Do not make cord heater loose.
Do not put the heating part near the electric parts box.

After incorporating the inverter assembly as before,
furthermore perform cable process for cord heater
and power cord.
For the cord heater, perform cable process so that
there is no looseness or sag at the fan side.

Perform cable process for collected
cord heater and fan motor lead cables.

Perform cable process for the cord heater together
with the fan motor lead cable, and collect the remained part of cables at cable process part of the
inverter.
3-3

Secure the power cord for the cord heater to the
terminal block mounting plate using the P-shape
clamp, and pull it out from the wiring area of the side
cabinet (R).

P-shape
clamp

* Check that there is the marked part of the cord
heater on the outdoor unit base plate or near it.
When there is the heating part near the electric
parts box, a fire may generate.

Power cord for
cord heater

To keep the lead wires from coming into contact with the
edges of the sheet metal or tips of the screws, wrap the
shield tubes around the leads to protect them and use
the bundling ties to secure them.

3-4
4

Since the lead wires connected to the cord heater
and thermostat may come into contact with the edges
of the sheet metal or tips of the screws, wrap the
shield tubes around the leads to protect them and
use the bundling ties to secure them.

Incorporate front cabinet, upper cabinet, wiring cover, water-proof cover and valve cover as before.
In installation work, connect power cord for the cord heater to another breaker separated from one for
power cord of the air conditioner.

– 190 –

5.8

8

5. Drawing of thermostat fixing plate

37
2-Ø3.4 burring hole
(Upward)

18
11

11

28

36

46

56

11

55

24

11
18

3-Ø3.4 burring hole
(Downward)

45

Material: SGCC-Z08, Thickness: 0.8t

– 191 –

Revised : Mar. 2007
16-2. Base Plate
1. RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E
210
203
85
14

20

19 21

6.5

91.5

3

30

183

45

73.3

51.7

240

13-Ø3.2 hole

183

52

38
100

– 192 –

2. RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E,
RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E, RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E

138
73
67
55
10.5
7

1

Knockout punching

Knockout punching

20-Ø3.3 hole

312
237

141

892
855
834
827.5
823

879

145
271

220
245
249
263

440

408
453
590

783
720
580

695
778
832

271
290

206
245
296

– 193 –

WARNINGS ON REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE
Important

Check of Concentration Limit
The room in which the air conditioner is to be
installed requires a design that in the event of
refrigerant gas leaking out, its concentration will not
exceed a set limit.
The refrigerant R410A which is used in the air
conditioner is safe, without the toxicity or combustibility of
ammonia, and is not restricted by laws to be imposed
which protect the ozone layer. However, since it contains
more than air, it poses the risk of suffocation if its
concentration should rise excessively. Suffocation from
leakage of R410A is almost non-existent. With the recent
increase in the number of high concentration buildings,
however, the installation of multi air conditioner systems
is on the increase because of the need for effective use
of floor space, individual control, energy conservation by
curtailing heat and carrying power etc.
Most importantly, the multi air conditioner system is able
to replenish a large amount of refrigerant compared with
conventional individual air conditioners. If a single unit of
the multi conditioner system is to be installed in a small
room, select a suitable model and installation procedure
so that if the refrigerant accidentally leaks out, its
concentration does not reach the limit (and in the event
of an emergency, measures can be made before injury
can occur).
In a room where the concentration may exceed the limit,
create an opening with adjacent rooms, or install
mechanical ventilation combined with a gas leak
detection device.
The concentration is as given below.
Total amount of refrigerant (kg)
Min. volume of the indoor unit installed room (m³)
≤ Concentration limit (kg/m³)

NOTE 2 :
The standards for minimum room volume are as follows.
(1) No partition (shaded portion)

(2) When there is an effective opening with the adjacent
room for ventilation of leaking refrigerant gas
(opening without a door, or an opening 0.15% or
larger than the respective floor spaces at the top or
bottom of the door).
Outdoor unit
Refrigerant piping
Indoor unit

(3) If an indoor unit is installed in each partitioned room
and the refrigerant piping is interconnected, the
smallest room of course becomes the object. But
when a mechanical ventilation is installed interlocked
with a gas leakage detector in the smallest room
where the density limit is exceeded, the volume of
the next smallest room becomes the object.
Refrigerant piping

Outdoor unit

The concentration limit of R410A which is used in multi
air conditioners is 0.3kg/m³.
NOTE 1 :
If there are 2 or more refrigerating systems in a single
refrigerating device, the amounts of refrigerant should be
as charged in each independent device.

e.g., charged
amount (10kg)

Outdoor unit
e.g.,
charged amount (15kg)

Very
small
room

Indoor unit
Small
room

Medium
room

Large room

Mechanical ventilation device - Gas leak detector

NOTE 3 :
The minimum indoor floor area compared with the
amount of refrigerant is roughly as follows:
(When the ceiling is 2.7m high)
40
m² 35

Room A Room B Room C Room D Room E Room F
Indoor unit

For the amount of charge in this example:
The possible amount of leaked refrigerant gas in
rooms A, B and C is 10kg.
The possible amount of leaked refrigerant gas in
rooms D, E and F is 15kg.

Min. indoor floor area

30
25

Range below the
density limit
of 0.3 kg/m³
(countermeasures
not needed)

20
15
10

Range above
the density limit
of 0.3 kg/m³
(countermeasures
needed)

5
0

10
20
30
Total amount of refrigerant

kg

TOSHIBA CARRIER CORPORATION
2 CHOME 12-32, KONAN, MINATOKU, TOKYO, 108-0075, JAPAN
Copyright © 1999 to 2007 TOSHIBA CARRIER CORPORATION, ALL Rights Reserved.



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : Yes
Page Mode                       : UseThumbs
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.0-c316 44.253921, Sun Oct 01 2006 17:14:39
Create Date                     : 2007:04:09 13:55:17Z
Modify Date                     : 2007:07:30 09:48:04+09:00
Metadata Date                   : 2007:07:30 09:48:04+09:00
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 4.0 for Windows
Format                          : application/pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:3b638d09-0863-42dd-bdd8-fab4050feb8c
Instance ID                     : uuid:201f6e20-fd3f-4bc0-91d5-4ae8158bedd5
Page Count                      : 195

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools